Service Manual Kdsr60xbr1

HISTORY

When clicking an item, it’s detail is displayed.

Date SUPP./CORR. Description of SUP/COR Change ofmain text

2005.8 – NEW –

Model Name: KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1SERVICE MANUALPart No. : 9-872-762-01

SERVICE MANUALMODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.–––––– –––––––––––– ––––– ––––––––––– MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.–––––– –––––––––––– ––––– –––––––––––

CHASSIS

KDS-R50XBR1 RM-Y914 USA

KDS-R50XBR1 RM-Y914 CANADA

KDS-R50XBR1 RM-Y914 MEXICO

KDS-R60XBR1 RM-Y914 USA

KDS-R60XBR1 RM-Y914 CANADA

KDS-R60XBR1 RM-Y914 MEXICO

SXRD PROJECTION TV

RM-Y914KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1

SP-1

– 2 –

KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1RM-Y914 RM-Y914

Specifications

Projection System 3 SXRD Panel, 1 lens projection system

SXRD Panel 0.61 inch SXRD panel 6,220,800 pixels (2,073,600 × 3)

Projection Lens High Performance, large diameter hybrid lens F2.5

Antenna 75 ohm external terminal for VHF/UHF

Lamp UHP lamp, 120W, XL-5100

Television System NTSC American TV Standard

ATSC (8VSB terrestrial) ATSC compliant 8VSB

QAM on cable ANSI/SCTE 07 2000

Visible Screen Size (picture measured diagonally)

KDS-R50XBR1: 50 inchesKDS-R60XBR1: 60 inches

Channel Coverage Terrestrial (analog) 2-69

Cable TV (analog) 1-125

Terrestrial (digital) 2-69

Cable TV (digital) 1-135

Power Requirements 120V, 60 Hz

Inputs/Outputs

HDMI IN 2 total Video: 1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i

Audio: Two channel linear PCM 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz, 16, 20 and 24 bit

Video (IN) 3 total (1 on front panel) 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative

S Video (IN) 3 total (1 on front panel) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negativeC: 0.286 Vp-p (Burst signal), 75 ohms

Audio (IN) 6 total (1 on front panel) 500 mVrms (100% modulation)Impedance: 47 kilohms

Component Video Input 2 (YPBPR) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negativePB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohmsPR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms

CONTROL S (IN) 1 Mini jack

CONTROL S (OUT) 1 Mini jack

AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) 1 500 mVrms at the maximum volume setting (Variable)500 mVrms (Fixed)Impedance (output): 2 kilohms

– 3 –


Other Information

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

PC IN D-sub 15-pin, analog RGB, 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms, positive

i.LINK 3 total (1 on front panel) 4-pin S400 i.LINK terminal

RF Inputs 2

Digital Audio Optical Output (PCM/Dolby Digital)

1 Optical Rectangular (1)

CableCARD Slot PCMCIA Type I/II

Speaker Output 15 W (L), 15 W (R)

Dimensions (W H D) KDS-R50XBR1 1,453 × 863 × 47 8 mm (57 1/4 × 34 × 18 7/8 inches)KDS-R60XBR1 1,674 × 1,009 × 514 mm (66 × 39 3/4 × 20 1/4 inches)

Mass KDS-R50XBR1 43kg (94 lb. 13 oz.)KDS-R60XBR1 51kg (112 lb. 7 oz.)

Power Consumption

In Use 240 W

In Standby 0.5 W

In i.LINK/CableCARD Standby Less than 30 W

Supplied Accessories

Remote Control RM-Y914

AA (R6) Batteries 2 supplied for remote control

Operating Instructions 1

Quick Setup Guide 1

Warranty 1

Product Registration Card 1

– 4 –


Indicators

The indicators show the current status of your TV. If there is a change in the condition or a problem with the TV, the indicators will flash or light up in the manner described below to let you know that it requires your attention.

Projection Lamp Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. As with any lamp, it has limited life and needs to be replaced when the Lamp indicator flashes or the screen becomes darker. Note the following:

After turning on your TV, it may take a while (1 minute or less) before the picture appears.

When the projection lamp wears out, the screen goes dark. Replace the lamp with a new Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp (not supplied).

Indicator Flashing because...POWER/STANDBY flashing

Green The lamp for the light source is preparing to turn on. When it is ready, it turns on.

Red The lamp door or the lamp is not securely attached. The red indicator will continue to flash in intervals of three blinks at a time until the lamp door or the lamp is placed correctly. The red indicator is on when i.LINK STANDBY is on or when your TV is in the PC power saving mode.

LAMP indicator flashes

The projection lamp has burned out. Replace it with new one (see page 5 ).

TIMER indicatoris lit

When one of the timers is set the indicator will remain lit (will not flash) even when the TV is turned off.

POWER/STANDBY

POWERLAMP TIMER

STD/DUO

Indicators

Screen

The light emitted from the lamp is quite bright when your TV is in use. To avoid eye discomfort or injury, do not look into the light housing when the power is on.

– 5 –


Replacing the LampThe projection lamp, which illuminates the picture, has a limited life.

If the screen becomes dark, the color looks unusual, or the LAMP indicator on the front of the TV flashes, this indicates the lamp needs to be replaced with a new one (not supplied).

Use a Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp (not supplied) for replacement. Use of any other lamp may damage the TV.

Do not remove the lamp for any purpose other than replacement. Doing so may cause injury or fire.

Do not put flammable materials and metal objects inside the lamp receptacle of the TV after removing the lamp. Doing so may cause fire or electrical shock. Do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has been removed.

When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable “pop” sound. This is normal and it is inherent to this type of lamp.

In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp unit is designed to contain all of the broken glass pieces inside the lamp unit.

The lamps contain mercury. For proper disposal of the used lamps, follow and observe the local ordinances. See page 107.

WARNING

Electric appliances can cause fire or high temperature, resulting in injury or death. Be sure to follow the instructions below.

– 6 –


How to Replace the Lamp

1 Turn off the power on the main unit. Wait several minutes, then unplug the power cord.(The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes after turning the power off.)

2 Wait at least 30 minutes after unplugging the power cord to allow the lamp to cool down before replacing it. To avoid being burned, do not touch the lamp receptacle once the lamp has been removed.

3 Take the new lamp out of its package.Do not touch the glass portion of the new lamp.

4 Turn the screw with a screwdriver counterclockwise and remove the outside lamp cover.

5 Pull out the lamp.Place your index finger through the hoop of the lamp handle and pull it upwards, while placing your thumb on the dent on the top. Then pull the lamp out.

Do not shake the lamp. Vibration can damage the lamp or shorten its life.

Avoid touching the front glass of a new lamp or the glass of the lamp receptacle. This may reduce picture quality or lamp life.

The lamp is very hot after use. Never touch the glass portion of the lamp or the non-designated surrounding parts (shown in gray).

After the used lamp has cooled, place it into the empty box of the replacement lamp. Never put the used lamp into a plastic bag.

(Continued)

– 7 –


6 Place the lamp halfway in. Follow the gutter in the compartment to mount the new lamp securely.

7 Slide it in slowly by pressing the part of the front corners of the lamp until it stops with a firm clicking sound to lock.

The lamp compartment is tilted, as shown in the following illustration.

To ensure the lamp is securely installed, press the area marked before closing the lamp cover.

If the lamp is not securely reattached, the self-diagnostic function may be triggered and the POWER/STANDBY indicator flashes in red three times (see page 4).

Hold this part of the lamp

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

– 8 –


8 Place the outside lamp cover back in its place. Turn the screw with a screwdriver clockwise and secure the cover.

The used lamp

This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated if sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance (http://www.eiae.org).

Do not leave the used lamp near flammable materials or within the reach of children.

Do not pour water onto the used lamp or put any object inside the lamp. Doing so may cause the lamp to burst.

Consult your Sony dealer for a Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp.

Take great care when replacing the lamp or plugging in/unplugging the connecting cords. Rough handling may cause the TV to fall, damaging the TV, the TV stand and the floor.

For replacement lamp information visit:U. S. residents: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/Canadian residents: http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/

– 9 –


SAFETY CHECK-OUT( US model only )

After correcting the original service problem, perfom the follow-ing safety checks before releasing the set to the customer:

l. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-sol-dered connections. Check the entire board surface for soldersplashes and bridges.

2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are“pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors.

3. Check that all control knobs, shields, covers, ground straps,and mounting hardware have been replaced. Be absolutelycertain that you have replaced all the insulators.

4. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly tran-sistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point themout to the customer and recommend their replacement.

5. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvioussigns of deterioration. Point them out to the customer andrecom mend their replacement.

6. Check the line cords for cracks and abrasion. Recommendthe replacement of any such line cord to the customer.

7. Check the condition of the monopole antenna (if any). Makesure the end is not broken off, and has the plastic cap on it.Point out the danger of impalement on a broken antenna tothe customer, and recommend the antenna’s replacement.

8. Check the B+ and HV to see they are at the values specified.Make sure your instruments are accurate;be suspicious ofyour HV meter if sets always have low HV.

9. Check the antenna temminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs,screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage.Check leakage as described below.

LEAKAGE TEST

The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground andfrom all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having areturn to chassis, must not exceed 0.5mA (500 microampers) . Leak-age current can be measured by any one of three methods.

1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 orRCA WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers’ instructions tousc these instruments.

2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245digital multimeter is suitable for this job.

3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of aVOM or battery-operated AC voltmeter. The “limit” indica-tion is 0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate low-voltage scale. The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd areexamples of a passive VOM that is suitable. NearIy all bat-tery operated digital multimeters that have a 2V AC rangeare suitable. (See Fig. A)

HOW TO FIND A GOOD EARTH GROUND

A cold-water pipe is guaranteed earth ground;the cover-plate re-taining screw on most AC outlet boxes is also at earth ground. Ifthe retaining screw is to be used as your earth-ground, verify that itis at ground by measuring the resistance between it and a cold-water pipe with an ohmmeter. The reading should be zero ohms. Ifa cold-water pipe is not accessible, connect a 60-l00 watts troublelight (not a neon lamp) between the hot side of the receptacle andthe retaining screw. Try both slots, if necessary, to locate the hotside of the line, the lamp should light at normal brilliance if thescrew is at ground potential. (See Fig. B)

To Exposed MetalParts on Set

ACvoltmeter(0.75V)

1.5k Ω

Earth Ground

Fig. A. Using an AC voltmeter to check AC leakage.

1.5 µ F

Fig. B. Checking for earth ground.

Trouble Light

AC Outlet BoxOhmmeter

Cold-water Pipe

– 10 –


CAUTION

These servicing instructions are for use by qualified service per-sonnel only.To reduce the risk of electric shock, do not perform any servicingother than that contained in the operating instructions unless youare qualified to do so.

WARNING!!AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER SHOULD BE USED DURINGANY SERVICE TO AVOID POSSIBLE SHOCK HAZARD, BE-CAUSE OF LIVE CHASSIS.THE CHASSIS OF THIS RECElVER IS DIRECTLY CONNECTEDTO THE AC POWER LINE.

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON THESCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THEPARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACETHESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUM-BERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLE-MENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS THATARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION ARE IDENTIFIED IN THISMANUAL. FOLLOW THESE PROCEDURES WHENEVER CRITI-CAL COMPONENTS ARE REPLACED OR IMPROPER OPERA-TION IS SUSPECTED.

ATTENTION!!AFIN D’EVITER TOUT RISQUE DELECTROCUTION PROVE-NANT D’UN CHÁSSIS SOUS TENSION, UN TRANSFORMATEURD’ISOLEMENT DOIT ETRE UTILISÉ LORS DE TOUT DEPAN-NAGE.LE CHÁSSIS DE CE RECEPTEUR EST DIRECTEMENT RAC-CORDÉ Á L’ALIMENTATION SECTEUR.

ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS ÁLASÉCURITÉ!!

LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIÉS PAR UNE FRAME ET PAR UNEMAPQUE ! SUR LES SCHÉMAS DE PRINCIPE, LES VUES EX-PLOSÉES ET LES LISTES DE PIECES SONT D’UNE IMPORTANCECRITIQUE POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DU FONCTIONNEMENT. NE LESREMPLACER QUE PAR DES COMPOSANTS SONY DONT LENUMÉRO DE PIÉCE EST INDIQUÉ DANS LE PRÉSENT MAN-UEL OU DANS DES SUPPLÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY. LESRÉGLAGES DE CIRCUIT DONT L’IMPORTANCE EST CRITIQUEPOUR LA SÉCURITÉ DU FONCTIONNEMENT SONT IDENTIFIESDANS LE PRÉSENT MANUEL. SUIVRE CES PROCÉDURESLORS DE CHAQUE REMPLACEMENT DE COMPOSANTS CRI-TIQUES, OU LORSQU’UN MAUVAIS FONCTIONNEMENT SUS-PECTÉ.

– 11 –


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Title Page–––––– –––– ––––


1. SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ..................... 13

2. DISASSEMBLY

2-1. Rear Cover .......................................................... 16

2-2. Terminal Bracket, D.C Fan ................................ 17

2-3. Service Position .................................................. 17

2-4. Pod Block Assembly, Antenna Switch .............. 18

2-5. Digital Block Assembly ..................................... 18

2-6. DC Motor SFF21C/C-NP ................................... 19

2-7. Power Supply Block ........................................... 19

2-8. Unit Cover Assembly, Lamp (R) Guide

Assembly ............................................................ 20

2-9. DC Motor SFF22A/C-NP .................................. 20

2-10. Optical Block Assembly .................................... 21

2-11. Screen Frame Block Assembly .......................... 21

2-12. Mirror Cover Block Assembly ........................... 22

2-13. H1 Block Assembly ........................................... 22

3. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

3-1. Electrical Adjustment by Remote Commander .... 23

3-1-1. Method of Setting the Service Adjustment

Mode ............................................................... 23

3-1-2. Service Mode Adjustment ............................ 23

3-1-3. Memory Write Confirmation Method .......... 23

3-1-4. Adjusting Buttons and Indicator ................... 24

3-2. To read Lamp and Panel time ............................ 24

3-3. Test Reset ........................................................... 24

3-4. H/V Center Confirmation and Adjustment ........ 24

4. DIAGRAMS

4-1. Block Diagram (1) .............................................. 25

Block Diagram (2) .............................................. 26

Block Diagram (3) .............................................. 27

Block Diagram (4) .............................................. 28

Block Diagram (5) .............................................. 29

Block Diagram (6) .............................................. 30

Block Diagram (7) .............................................. 31

Block Diagram (8) .............................................. 32

Block Diagram (9) .............................................. 33

Block Diagram (10) ............................................ 34

Block Diagram (11) ............................................ 35

Block Diagram (12) ............................................ 36

4-2. Frame Schematic Diagram ................................. 37

4-3. Circuit Boards Location ..................................... 39

4-4. Schematic Diagrams ........................................... 39

(1) Schematic Diagram of AK Board ...................... 40

(2) Schematic Diagram of F Board ......................... 41

(3) Schematic Diagram of G (1/3) Board ............... 42



(6) Schematic Diagram of HM Board ..................... 45

(7) Schematic Diagram of H1 Board ...................... 46



(10) Schematic Diagram of QU Board ..................... 49

(11) Schematic Diagram of S1, S2 Boards ................ 50

(12) Schematic Diagram of T1, T3 Boards ............... 51

4-5. Printed Wiring Boards ........................................ 52

(1) AK Board ............................................................ 52

(2) F Board ............................................................... 53

(3) G Board (Side A) ................................................ 54

(4) G Board (Side B) ................................................ 55

(5) HM, H1 Boards .................................................. 56

(6) H2, H3 Boards .................................................... 57

(7) QU, S1, S2, T1, T3 Boards ................................ 58

4-6. Semiconductors .................................................. 59

– 12 –



5. EXPLODED VIEWS

5-1. Screen, Covers .................................................... 60

5-2. Bottomblock-1 .................................................... 61

5-3. Bottomblock-2 .................................................... 62

5-4. Bottomblock-3 .................................................... 63

6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST• AK Board .................................................................. 64

• F Board ...................................................................... 65

• G Board ..................................................................... 65

• HM Board ................................................................. 69

• H1 Board ................................................................... 70

• H2 Board ................................................................... 70

• H3 Board ................................................................... 70

• QU Board .................................................................. 71

• S1 Board .................................................................... 71

• T1 Board ................................................................... 71

• T3 Board ................................................................... 71

– 13 –

KDS-R50XBR1/R60XBR1RM-Y914 RM-Y914SECTION 1

SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

1. Summary of Self-Diagnosis Function- This device includes a self-diagnosis function.- In case of abnormalities, the POWER/STANDBY indicator automatically blinks. It is

possible to predict the abnormality location by the number of blinks. The InstructionManual describes blinking of the POWER/STANDBY indicator.

- If the symptom is not reproduced sometimes in case of a malfunction, there is recording ofwhether a malfunction was generated or not. Operate the remote command to confirm thematter on the screen and to predict the location of the abnormality.

2. Diagnosis Items and Prediction of Malfunction Location- When a malfunction occurs the POWER/STANDBY indicator only blinks for one of the

following diagnosis items. In case of two or more malfunctions, the item which firstoccurred blinks. If the malfunctions occurred simultaneously, the item with the lowerblink count blinks first.

- The screen display displays the results regarding all the diagnosis items listed below.The display "0" means that no malfunctions occurred.

Defected symptoms

La

Temp error

mp cover error 3 times

2 times

- L

- Set temperture is high.- Temp sensor connector is not attached securely. (CN7020 on HB board, CN7180 on S2 board)

-Lamp is not set securely.

amp cover is notattached securely.

Diagnosis ItemNumber of times

POWER/STANDBYindicator blinks

Probable CauseLocation

Lamp driver error 5 times - Lamp driver is faulty. - No picture/No sound

Low B error 6 times- B_12V is not supplie(GT board)

d.- No picture/No sound

- Lamp for the lightsource burns out.

- No picture/No sound


- Short-circuit of Audio powersupply line.-Blow out of fuse.(PS3001 on K board)-IC failure.(IC3005 on K board)

D-

ATSC OVP

OVP error 8

10 times

times-B -12V is over voltage.(B board)

-Q_10.5V is over voltage.(GT board) - No picture/No sound

Fan stopped 4 times

- Fan 1-4 power is notsupplied. (AGU board)- F

-Fan caught wires or harnesses.

an connector is notattached securely.


Lamp error LAMP-LED flashes - No picture/No sound

Audio error 7 times



– 14 –


3. Blinking count display of POWER/STANDBY indicator

- One blink is not used for self-diagnosis.

- ExampleDiagnosis item LED blinks

Lamp cover 3 times

Fan 4 times

LED ON : 0.3secLED OFF : 0.3sec

- Release of POWER/STANDBY indicator blinkingThe POWER/STANDBY indicator blinking display is released by removing the plug fromthe power or leaving for 2 minutes.

4. Self-diagnosis screen displays- In cases of malfunctions where it is not possible to determine the symptom such as when

the power goes off occasionally or when the screen disappears occasionally, there is ascreen display on whether the malfunction occurred or not in the past (and whether thedetection circuit operated or not) in order to allow confirmation.

<Screen Display Method>- Quickly press the remote command button in the following order from the standby state.

Channel Vol

Be aware that this differs fromthe method of entering theservice mode (Vol +).

LED OFF3.0sec

DISPLAY 5 - POWER

1 : LAMP_ERROR 0 2 : TEMP_ERROR 0 2 : LAMP_TEMP 03 : LAMP_COVER 04 : FAN_ERROR 05 : LAMP_DRIVER 16 : LOWB_ERROR 07 : AUDIO_PROT 08 : D_OVP 010 : ATSC_OVP 0

SELF CHECK

- Numeral "1" means a fault was detected one time- Numeral "0" means that no fault was detected

POWER/STANDBY

POWERLAMP TIMER

STD/DUO

Indicators

– 15 –


- The results display is not automatically cleared. In case of repairs and after repairs, checkthe self-diagnosis screen and be sure to return the results display to "0".

- If the results display is not returned to "0" it will not be possible to judge a new malfunctionafter completing repairs.

<Method of Clearing Results Display>

1. Power off (Set to the standby mode)

2. Channel Vol

3. Channel

<Method of Ending Self-Diagnosis Screen>- When ending the self-diagnosis screen completely, turn the power switch OFF on the

remote commander or the main unit.

5. Self-Diagnosis function operation

8 ENTER

DISPLAY 5 - POWER

2 : Temp When the temperature sensor (for Ambient) on the S1 board detects high temperature or the temperature sensor (for Lamp) on the S2 board detectshigh temperature or the temperature sensor (for Panel) on the C board detectshigh temperature, the DE-micro (IC5) turns off the lamp.

3 : Lamp cover The rib at the back of the lamp cover closes the SW on the T1 board. The lamp

closes the SW on the T2 board.It is monitored by DE-micro (pin63 of IC5) and turned off the lamp when it isopened.

4 : Fan Fan rotation is detected by ‘‘FAN-PROT” and the DE-micro (pin92 of IC5) turnsoff the lamp when it is ‘‘high”.

5 : Lamp Driver When the ‘‘LAMP-PROT” (pin83 of IC5) is high, the lamp is not turned on.If the ‘‘LAMP-HV-DET” (pin94 of IC5) is low at the same time, it classified asno high voltage of the lamp driver.

6 : Low B error When no ‘‘D5V (SW_5V)” is detected, pin 129 of TV-micro (IC7002) is low and it turns off the main power. (for example, blowout of thermal fuse).

7 : Audio When DC voltage is detected at the speaker output, ‘‘SP-PROT” (pin102 of IC5) is low and it turns off the main power.

8 : D-OVP Be not in use.

9 : Panel error When there is not ack from the temperature sensor on the S1, S2 and C board or IIC line connector (CN2303: ASU board, CN7956: DSU board, CN6901: C board)is not seated securely. it is monitored by DE-micro.

10 : ATSC-OVP Be not in use.

LAMP : Lamp When the ‘‘LAMP-PROT” (pin83 of IC5) is high, the lamp is not turned on. If the ‘‘LAMP-HV-DET” (pin94 of IC5) is high at the same time, it classified as no lamp or a dead lamp.

– 16 –


DISASSEMBLY

Photo: KDS-R50XBR1

2-1. REAR COVER

3

22

1 Loosen screw

Lamp door assembly

Rear cover

44

– 17 –


2-2. TERMINAL BRACKET, D.C FAN

2 3 screws (+BVST 3x6) 1 2 screws (+BVTP 3x12) Terminal bracket

33

5 Turn rivets

D.C fan

44 Connector

66

2-3. SERVICE POSITION

3 3 screws (+BVST 3x6)

1 2 screws (+BVTP 4x16)4 Screw (+BVTP2 4x16)

Chassis Assembly

2 Remove side stay (R) by pulling it down forward

5 Unlock 2 claws and pull out the chassis assembly carefully

– 18 –


2-5. DIGITAL BLOCK ASSEMBLY

2-4. POD BLOCK ASSEMBLY, ANTENNA SWITCH

4 2 hexagoral washers


3 POD block assembly

1 Connector

Antenna switch

1 Loosen cable holders

5 4 screws (+BVTS 3x6)

6 Shield case (ATSC)


3 2 screws (+BVTP 3x12)

4 2 screws (right side) (+BVTS 3x6)

qa PD board

7 Pull out IEEE1394 cable


0 2 PWB suppurt

8 2 connectors

qa 5 connectors

qf 3 screws (+BVST 3x6)

qs Connector

qd 3 screws (+BVST 3x6)

qs Connector

– 19 –


2-6. DC MOTOR SFF21C/C-NP

Q box assembly

2-7. POWER SUPPLY BLOCK

1 2 screws (+PWTP2 4x16)

3 DC MOTOR SFF21C/C-NP with fan dampers

2 Fan guard with cushions (for bracket)

1 2 screws (+BVTP2 4x16)

2 Remove side stay (R) by pulling it down forward.

3 2 Connectors

5 Remove the power supply block upward.

4 2 PCB spacers

6 2 screws (+BVTP2 4x16) 7 Fan bracket (EX) with fan

– 20 –


2-8. UNIT COVER ASSEMBLY, LAMP (R) GUIDE

ASSEMBLY

8 Screw (+BVTP2 4x16)

0 Screw (+BVTP2 4x16)9 Side stay (S)

qa Ballast guide

Connector holder

[ In the lamp guide]

qs Screw (+BVTP 3x12)

Connector holder with T3 board

qd

2-9. DC MOTOR SFF22A/C-NP

1 5 screws (+BVTP2 4x16) (See below)

3 Release the claw

4 Lamp (R) guide assembly2 Unit cover assembly

<Rear view>

1


DC motor SFF22A/C-NP

Scirocco cover (PN)

2 holes

2 hooks

2

– 21 –


2-10. OPTICS BLOCK ASSEMBLY

1 Screw (+BVTP2 4x16)

2 Front cover

3 4 screws (+PSWM 4x12)


4 Optics block assembly

2-11. SCREEN FRAME BLOCK ASSEMBLY

Photo: R50XBR1

1 9 screws (+BVTP 4x16)


3 Screen frame block assembly

– 22 –


2-12. MIRROR COVER BLOCK ASSEMBLY

2-13. H1 BLOCK ASSEMBLY


2 Mirror cover block assembly

1 2 screws (+PWTP2 4x16)

H1 block assembly

22

– 23 –


ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS3-1. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT BY REMOTE

COMMANDER

By using remote commander (RM-Y914), all circuit adjust-

ments can be made.

NOTE : Test Equipment Required.1. Pattern Generator (with component outputs)

2. Oscilloscope

3. Digital multimeter

3-1-1. Method of Setting the Service AdjustmentMode

1. Standby mode. (Power off)

2. DISPLAY t 5 t VOL (+) t TV POWER

on the remote commander.

(Press each button within a second.)

The following service screen will appear.

Category Name

Item Name Input Signal

Mode

Item No.

VERSION 0 0 SERVICEVER TV

F/A : xxxxxxxxCBA : xxxxxxxx

Data

Category Name

Item Name

Item No.

D9671-1 0 0 GI2CSCAL96H 28DEG9CH 24DEG

LCD PJ ENGINE VER.10.00B03/10/07 732B

Data

<LCD PROJECTOR ENGINE>

3-1-2. Service Mode Adjustment

1. The SCREEN displays the item being adjusted.

2. Press “1” or “4” on the remote commander to select the

adjustment item.

3. Press “3” or “6” on the remote commander to change the data.

4. Press “2” or “5” on the remote commander to select the category.

Every time you press “2” (Category up), Service mode

changes in the order as shown below.

VERSION

CCPS_5

CXA2209Q

OUT-1

OUT-2

OUT-3

CCPS_6

AP

CCPS_7

DLBY

CCPS_8

HDMS

BUSSW

CCPS_10

OP_GA

CXA2103

CCPS_3

OP_US

CXA2163

CCPS_4

2DCOMB

DELAY_2

OSD

CC_M

CC_S

CC_T

CCPS_11

DELAY_1

HDMI

OPB_GA

ID

TELETEXT

MSP_SIZE

MSPMD

MSPSEL

MSPFNC

MSP3714G

CCPS_1

CCPS_2

5. If you want to recover the latest values press “-” then

“[ENTER]” to read the memory.

6. Press “[MUTING]” then “[ENTER]” to write into memory.

7. Turn power off.

<Method of setting the shipping condition>1. Service Adjustment mode.

2. Press “8” then “[ENTER]”

3. Wait until appearing “ Initial Setup” display.

4. Disconnect AC plug and connect again to change factory re-

set condition completely.

3-1-3. Memory Write Confirmation Method1. After adjustment, turn power off with the remote commander.

2. Turn power on and set to service mode.

3. Call the adjusted items again and confirm they were adjusted.

– 24 –


DISPLAY

POWERMUTING

VOL +

ENTER

RM-Y914

Adjustment itemup

Adjustment itemdown

Adjustment categoryup

Read data fromNVM

Adjustment categorydown

Data up

Data downInitialize data(Not stored)

User control goesto the standerd state(Shipping Conditions)

3-1-4. Adjusting Buttons and Indicator

Commander Function

Button Mode Description

[MUTING] + [ENTER] WRITE Writes data to NVM.

- + [ENTER] READ Reads data from NVM.

8 + [ENTER] RESET Set the shipping condition.

FUNCTION OF KEYS ON COMMANDER

• 1 : Changes adjustment item. (item No. moves up)

• 4 : Changes adjustment item. (item No. moves down)

• 2 : Changes adjustment category.

(category moves up)

• 5 : Changes adjustment category.

(category moves down)

• 3 : Changes data value. (up)

• 6 : Changes data value. (down)

3-2. To read Lamp and Panel time The lamp and panel time of the set are displayed as follows . <Enter the service mode>1. Press the keys of the remote commander in rapid sequence as fol-

lows , when the set is in standby mode.

DISPLAY t Channel 5 t Vol + t POWER

2. Press the “JUMP ” key [3 times].

You’ll get into DE-micro service menu .

3. Press “2 ” key [9 times] to show the following display .

PANEL NVM OK 9 OPTION_E 0 LAMP 0 Diff 1LampTM 14 LampCT 71

Example

This screen reads

“Total lamp time is 14 hours” and

“Total lamp ON/OFF cycle is 71 times”

To reset lamp time,

press “3 ” , “MUTE ” and “ENTER ” keys in sequence.

WRI-EXE(Red Character) is momentarily displayed and LampTM

will be reset to “0 ”.

4. Press “ 1 ” key [7 times].

PANEL NVM OK 9 OPTION_E 7 SH SFT1 10 Diff 1PanelTM 14h

Example

This screen reads

“Total Panel time is 14 hours”

You can’t reset the Panel time with the Service menu .<To get out of the Service menu>The Service menu is cleared by turning off the set with a remote com-

mander or the power switch .

3-3. Test ResetThe user settings can be reset to the factory default condition as fol-

lows.

1. Press “TEST “ and “RESET “ key in sequence when the set is ON .

The LAMP,TIMER and POWER/STANDBY LED light and the

picture is muted.

After about 5 seconds the LAMP and TIMER LED go off,

and the color of POWER/STANDBY LED changes from amber

to green.

After another 10 seconds the reset is completed and the initial set-

up display appears.

3-4. H/V Center Confirmation and AdjustmentPlease check the picture horizontal/vertical center after the replace-

ment of the following parts .

• Optical block

• Top assembly

1, Check H/V center with 480i monoscope signal in “Full “ mode .

2, If the center is shifted , adjust it with the following service items .

Please record the steps shifted as DFD 16 and CXD9713 .

CXD9713 DFD 16 (for H center)DFD 17 (for V center)

DFD17

DFD16

– 25 –


DIAGRAMS4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM (1)

V1-C

V1-VV2-VV3-VA-TU-VSUB TU V

V1-YV2-YV3-YHDMI-Y

V1-CV2-CV3-C

D4_VGD5_VG

D4_VBD5_VB

D4_VR

V1-LV2-LV3-LMTU-LSUB-TU-LD4-LD5-LATSC-LHDMI-L

V1-RV2-RV3-RMTU-RSUB-TU-RD4-RD5-RATSC-RHDMI-R

D5 _VR

IN5_CV CV/YOUT1IN4_CVIN6_CVIN1_CVIN2_VC

IN5_YIN4_YIN6_YIN8_Y

IN5_CIN4_CIN6_C

IN9_YIN10_Y

IN9_CBIN10_CB

IN9_CRIN10_CR

IN5_SIN4_S

V1-Y

CY

CY

Y

L

R

Y

L

R

V1-V

V1-L

V1-R

J309

J304

IC303VIDEO INPUT SELECT

IC507AUDIO INPUT SELECT

IC2306

IC526AMP

43

1 2

V3-C

V3-Y

V3_SSW

V3-V

V3-L

V3-R

D4_VG

D4_VB

D4_VR

D4-L

D4-R

VG

VB

VR

L

R

43

1 2

VIDEO

S VIDEO

S VIDEO

R

L(MONO)

AUDIO

VIDEO 1IN

VIDEO 3IN

HD/DVD4 IN

VIDEO

R

Y

P

P

L

R

L(MONO)

AUDIO

AUDIO

Q316BUFFER

J301

J303

12

IN1_L12C_SDA

M-L

M-R

UARTRXUARTTX

SIRCS

CTL

USER_TXD

12C_S

12C_SCL

12C_SDA12C_SCL

1IN7_L19IN2_L4IN8_L22IN9_L25IN4_L10IN5_L13IN10_L28IN6_L16IN3_L7

IN1_R2IN7_R20IN2_R5IN8_R23IN9_R26IN4_R11IN5_R14IN10_R29IN6_R17IN3_R8

1 32

58717791

1381826

14919

3340

3441

3542

116

Q301-304Y SIGNALDETECT

D5_VG

D5_VB

D5_VR

D5-L

D5-R

VG

VB

VR

L

R

HD/DVD5 IN

Y

L

R

AUDIO

CN0041S_SW2

D2-YD2-C

SUB-TV-VA-TU-VSUB-TU-LSUB-TU-R

MTU_V

D2-VD2-LD2-R

M_HSYNC

12C_SCL12C_SDA

SUB_HSYNC

AFT_SUB

TU2100SUB TUNER

2S2_24C26Y28V2

10L212R2

Q2004BUFFER

Q2003BUFFER

Q2002BUFFER

Q2001BUFFER

C/CBOUT1 Q314BUFFER

59

CROUT1 Q313BUFFER

60

CV/YOUT2 Q230BUFFER

67

C/CBOUT2 Q231BUFFER

68

SEL_OUT1

MAIN_G

MAIN_Y/CV

MAIN_C/CB

MAIN_CR

SUB_Y

Q306-312SIRCS I/FCONTROL

SUB_C

MAIN_CVY

MTU_V

SUB_YSUB_C

MAIN_CVY

Q318BUFFER

X3024MHz

56

Q317,315BUFFER

Q305SYNC DETECT

SYNC_OUT1 55

EXT_CLK/XTAL 51

SDA 77

SDA 32SCL 31

LOUT1 39 2 1

ROUT1 37

SCL 76

PC-L

PC-R

ASU (1/2)(A/V INPUT,TUNER)

Q324SYNC DETECT

Q323,317,315BUFFER

Q2321BUFFER

+5VREGSUB6.5V

6 7

TOASU (2/2)BOARD

SDA_IFPSCL_IFP

CLDA

DET OUT

AFT OUT

DE-EM5V (IF)5V (TU)

A5V

5V (D-D)

IC765

EEPROM

CONTROLS OUT

CONTROLS IN

(1080i/720P/480P/480i)

1

TOASU (2/2)BOARD

2

TOASU (2/2)BOARD

3

TOAK BOARD

CN2603

TODSU BOARD

CN7003

ATSC_5VATSC_5V

D5VD5V

SW3.3VSW3.3V

STBY5VSTBY5V

SW_9V SW_9V

AC_RLY

SCL(IFP_SCL)SDA1(IFP_SDA)

I2C_SCLI2C_SCLI2C_SDAI2C_SDAUSER_TXDUSER_TXDUSER_RXDUSER_RXDSIRCSSIRCSLINE_MUTELINE_MUTEAD_MUTE

AD_MUTEAD_RSTAD_RSTAFT_SUBAFT_SUBTU_H_SUB

SUB_HSYNCSUB_C

SUB_YTU_H_MAIN

M_HSYNCCVY_MAINMTU_VMTU_LMTU_RHDMI_YHDMI_LHDMI_RATSC_LATSC_RPC_L

PC_R

MTU_LMTU_RHDMI_YHDMI_LHDMI_RATSC_LATSC_RPC_L

PC_RCN2006

A50

B46A49

A45

A41

B42

A39

A37A38

A32

B38

A36

A27

A23

A26

A24

A22A21A20A19A18A17A16A15A14

A13A12

A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1

L(MONO)

AUDIO

VIDEO

S VIDEO

R

VIDEO 2 INPUT

(VIDEO 2 INPUT)H3

J7050

CY43

1 2

1CN7051CN7050

S_SW22 S2_24 C26 Y28 V2

10 L212 R2

SCSHIFTSCDT

AMP_RSTSCLTCHM_RST

3.3V_SWOVFA_MUTESP_PROT

CN1

1817

151413

10987

B

R

P

P

B

R

34

32

96117928669

419355

102101

86

20

103

19

90

9100

33

Q305SYNC DETECT

S1(RESET)

LEVE

L SH

IFT

SAIPH MICRO

SENB_D

SCLK_D

SDAT_D

SIO_SDT3

SIO_SCK3

AC_OFF_DETIRIS_GAINFAN ERRLAMP_ONIRIS_PPG

IRIS_FBPANEL_ONPANEL_PD

FPC_DETIRIS_GAINFAN PRPTLAMP_ONIRIS_CTRL

IRIS_FBPANEL_ONPANEL_PDSDA_ESCL_E

PD_SENB

I2C_SCL0

SW3.3V

IC8

27

28

SCLK_IFP

SDAT_IFPI2C_SDA0

RESETIC4

IC5

X16MHz

107

RESE

T

X1 X2

108

SDA1SCL1

AU_RESET_AMP

SIO_SCK1SIO_SDT1

LATCH_MAINM_RST

K3.3V_SWOF_FLAG_MAIN

AU/_MUTESP PROT

6465

Supplied as the ASU/DSU block ass'y for service. The parts on this board are not supplied individually( )

– 26 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (2)

D2301

D2302

D2303

MAIN_GMAIN_Y/CVMAIN_C/CBMAIN_CR

CTL

CN2301

1 FAN1-POW2 FAN1-PROT4 FAN2-POW

FAN

5 FAN2-PROT7 FAN3-POW8910

FAN3-PROTFAN4-POWFAN4-PROT

CN2100

Q509

X50118.432MHz

Q510

32 PFC_DET

PFC_DET

31 AC_RLYAC_RLY

41 STBY5V40 +B_OVP

37 REC_ON

44 TU32VTU32VSTBY_5V

4950

26

2422

SUB6.5V

15SUB11VSUB_11V

9

6 THRU5V

2 SW9V

ATSC_5V

SW_9V1 SW9V

M

FANM

FANM

FANM

SUB_6.5V

A16.5V

ATSA_11V

ATSC_9V

D5V

A5V

D5V

SW_3.3V

SW_2.5V

SUB_11V

FAN1-CTL

FAN_PROT

SPDIF

FAN_CTL

DAC4

314 2

FAN CONTROLIC2300

3Q2310,2305

BUFFER

Q2300,2312

SUB_11V

FAN2-CTLDAC3

314 2

FAN CONTROLIC2301

4

SUB_11V

FAN3-CTLDAC2

314 2

FAN CONTROLIC2302

5Q2308,2303

BUFFER

Q2309,2304BUFFER

SUB_11V

FAN4-CTLDAC1

314 2

FAN CONTROLIC2303

REGULATOR

IC2100,2101IC2103

6Q2307,2302

BUFFER

Q511BUFFER

Q502INITIAL MUTE

Q503,504MUTE

Q512BUFFER

Q501BIAS

Q2392,2393,2395FAN

CONTROL

DAC0 7

SW3 10

SDA_E 14SCL_E

LAMP_ON

LAMP_HV

15

74 8 9 10 11 21

11 59 13 8 7 18

72

DATA DECODERIC2305

AMPIC504

LEVEL SHIFTIC3

SHUNTREGULATOR

IC514

DELAYIC523

SRAMIC524

IC512

IC522

CN23

90 J307

AUDI

O_CL

OCK_

OUT

12S_

DEL_

IN12

S_DE

L_OU

T12

S_DE

L_CL

DVSU

P RE

SET

11SM

_OUT

11SM

_IN

BIT_

CLK

LR_C

LK

29

FRD

22

21,23,24,27,28,30-32,35-40,43-45

55-50,47,46

242912-2,23,25-28,31

13-15,17-21

FWR

DEWE

RST

XTAL_OUT

6MUTE

I/O0-7

I/O1-8

A0-16

STBY5V

D5V

A0-16

12C_SCL12C_SDA

12C_

SDA

12C_

SCL

71

36 2 1

37

76

39

6 7

32

XTAL_IN

SC1_OUT_R

SC1_OUT_L

SPDIF_OUT

AHVSUP

VS(IC506,526)

2

4

SW_9V

SW_9V

AD_MUTEAD_RST

LINE_MUTE

AC_RLYSDASCL

57 SC1_IN_R

AUDIO PROSSESOR

M-R

12C_S

M-L56 SC1_IN_L

6GN

D5

LAM

P_HV

3GN

D1

LAM

P CO

VER

21

3

2

SCL

3

SDA

Q508BUFFER

Q2322,2323

BUFFER

Q505INITIAL MUTE

RL

AUDI

OAU

DIO

OUT

CVAR

/FIX

TO AUS (1/2)BOARD

2

TO AUS (1/2)BOARD

3

TO AUS (1/2)BOARD

1

ASU (2/2) (FAN, POWER CONTROL)

TO DSU BOARDCN4000

TOT1 BOARDCN7150/

T3 BOARDCN7155

IRIS

_FB

IRIS

_FB

IRIS

_CT

RL

IRIS

_CT

RL

IRIS

_GA

INIR

IS_G

AIN

SD

AT

SC

LK

SE

NB

SC

L_E

SD

A_E

SE

NS

_SD

A

LVD

S_P

DLV

DS

_PD

PA

NE

L_O

NP

AN

EL_

ON

LAM

P_O

NLA

MP

_ON

SE

NS

_SC

L

I_M

AIN

_G

I_M

AIN

_B

I_M

AIN

_R

I_M

AIN

_CV

I_M

AIN

_C

CN

2010

100P

B31

A31

A30

A29

B28

A28

B25

B27

A22

A21

A19

B18

A17

B15

A15

A13

B12

A11

16.5V

TOAK BOARD

CN7260

TOG BOARDCN6502

SPDI

F-

SPDI

F+/N

C

CN50

1

65

SCLK

_DSD

AT_D

SENB

_DSC

LK_D

SDAT

_D

Q7


– 27 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (3)

IC9000LDVS RECEIVER

IC9102PAWN

IC9401LCD DRIVER L

LCD DRIVER R

LCD DRIVER L

LCD DRIVER R

LCD DRIVER L

LCD DRIVER R

LCD DRIVER L

LCD DRIVER R

LCD DRIVER L

LCD DRIVER R

LCD DRIVER L

LCD DRIVER R

IC9403

IC9402

IC9404

IC9253PAWN

IC9001PAWN

LRR0-9,LGR0-9,LBR0-9LRL0-9,LGL0-9,LBL0-9

IFQE[0-29]

IFQO[0-29]

IFQE[0-29]IFQE[0-29]

IFQO[0-29]

IFQO[0-29]

SDAT,SCLK

SDAT,SCLK

RRIN0-9GRIN0-9BRIN0-9

RLIN0-9GLIN0-9BLIN0-9

RRIN0-9GRIN0-9BRIN0-9

RLIN0-9GLIN0-9BLIN0-9

DOTCLKHSINVSIN

IFCLKIFHSYNCIFVSYNC

IFCLKIFHSYNCIFVSYNC

RRR0-9,RGR0-9,RBR0-9

HS_RHS_GHS_B

VSOUT

HCK,VCK,HST,VST

RRL0-9,RGL0-9,RBL0-9

DOTCLKHSINVSIN

CLKOUTRC4RC5

LCDUNIT

LRL0-9

LRR0-9

RRL0-9

RRR0-9

VID_R0-R23

DIDOUT

DIDOUT

DIDOUT

VID_R0-R23

TODSU BOARDCN4202

C (LCD DRIVER)

IC6900,6902IC6904,6905

REGULATOR

IC9050,5052IRES AMP

IC9101TEMP.

SENSOR

IC9100NVM

IC9300DDR SDRAM

IC9150DDR SDRAM

IC9250NVMIC6903

EEPROMWP2

IC6901EEPROM

IC9051IRIS

DRIVER

SET3.3V

CN9400

SIG (0)

SIG (23)

29

643 HCK42 VCK41 HST40 VST34 VPC39 RST

IC9600

IC9602

IC9601

IC9603

LBL0-9

LBR0-9R

RBL0-9

RBR0-9

IC9500

IC9502

IC9501

IC9503

LGL0-9

LGR0-9

RGL0-9

RGR0-9

IC9407RESET

SET3.3V

CN9500

SIG (0)

SIG (23)

29

643 HCK

R

G

B

42 VCK41 HST40 VST34 PID39 RST

IC9505RESET

SET3.3V

CN9600

SIG (0)

SIG (23)

29

643 HCK42 VCK41 HST40 VST34 PID39 RST

IC9605RESET

SET5V TODSU BOARD

CN7954

IC 9103

VS_BVS_GVS_B

VS/H

S

IC925248

24

VID_G0-G23 VID_G0-G2324

VID_B0-B23

HCK,VCK,HST,VST

VID_B0-B2324

SDAT,SCLK

SDADE_400K

SCLDE_400K

TODSU BOARD

CN7956

SDAT

SCLK

RE2+RE2-RD2+RD2-

RCLK2+RCLK2-RC2+RC2-RB2+RB2-RA2+RA2-

RE1+RE1-RD1+RD1-

RCLK1+RCLK1-RC1+RC1-RB1+RB1-RA1+ RA1+/-

RB1+/-

RC1+/-RCLK1+/-RD1+/-RE1+/-

RA1+/-

RB1+/-

RC1+/-RCLK1+/-RD1+/-RE1+/-

RA1-

CN9000 38P

373634333130282725242221

1817151412119865

32

IRIS

DRIVE +DRIVE -

HIN +HOUT +

HIN -HOUT -

DUMP -DUMP +

CN9050 8P

87654321

LVDS_PDIRIS_FB

IRIS_GAINIRIS_CTRL

SDA1

SCLKSENB

SCL_E

SDA_EWP2

SENS_SDASENS_SCL

CN6901 20P

2019181716

141310

8753

1456

10PCN6900

A16.5VD6.5VD6.5VD6.5V

SET3.3V

D1 5VD2 5V

SET9V

A16.5V

D6.5V

Supplied as optics block ass'y for service. The parts on this board are not supplied individually( )

– 28 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (4)

NC

CN4000

12C_SDA12C_SCL

AIN5M_YS/C

M_CV/Y

M_CLPSW

M_R/V

M_B/U

M_G/Y

AIN4

AD4_SEL

AIN1

XWEDQM

ADDR 0–11BA0BA1

A0–11

BA0, 1

AIN3

OUT1CLK

OUT1C2–9

OUT1Y2–9

OUT1HOUT1V

FIFOCLK_IN

AOUT1

DTOCLK_IN

AOUT2

D2Y2–9

D2C2–9

D2CLKD2HTIMD2VTIM

D1G0–7

D1B0–7

D1R0–7

D1CLKD1HTIMD1VTIMOSDYS

M_D1V

14

M_D1HM_D1CLK

M_D1Y0–7

M_D1C0–7

M_D1R0–7

M_D1CLKM_D1HM_D1V

RST/CK

I2C_I/F

AIN2

XRASXCAS

XCSCKESDCLK

REFCLK_IN

11 IN2A

8 IN1A

2120

43

OUT2AOUT2B

25OUT1A24OUT1B

SCL

1MY2–9

1MC2–9

CLOCK1M_CLK1M_HS1M_VS

SDA

IC4300CCPX

IC4302LPF, VIDEO BUFFER

13 IN3A

11 IN2A

8 IN1A

171621

2524

OUT3A

20OUT2B

OUT3BOUT2A

RD3–5,RB2–6

RA1–6,RB0,RD1

CLKOUTRD0RD6

RA–RA+RB–RB+

RCLK–RCLK+

RD–RD+

PD

M_D2Y2–9

M_D2C2–9

M_D2CLKM_D2HM_D2V

OUT1AOUT1B

43

IC4303LPF, VIDEO BUFFER

26

3

15

7

IC4002BUS SWITCH

SCL

SCL 12C_SCL12C_SDA

12C_SCL_X12C_SDA_XSDA

SDA

12C_SCL12C_SDA

3.3V

IC4305WAVE SHAPER

14

16

7

IC4200LVDS RECEIVER

312114

49505152

56575960

3

IC4202

2 1

TOASU BOARD

CN2010

6

MRXIN2+MRXCLK–

MRXIN3–MRXIN3+

MRXCLK+

MRXIN0+MRXIN1–MRXIN1+MRXIN2–

MRXIN0–CN4200

14

57

101113

8

124

Q4306, 4317BUFFER

Q4305, 4316BUFFER

Q4310BUFFER

Q4304,4314BUFFER

Q4303,4313BUFFER

Q4302,4312BUFFER

Q4006, 4007BIAS

Q4009, 4012LEVELSHIFT

CCPM_MUTEMCL

K

Q4309BUFFER

WEDOML,

PASCAS

CSCKECLK

DQMH

15,1

7,18

,36

–32

20,3

9–43

,45

,46

RD3–5,RB2–6

RA1–6,RB0,RD1

CLKOUTRD0RD6

RA–RA+RB–RB+RC–RC+

RCLK–RCLK+

RD–RD+

PD

IC4201LVDS RECEIVER

IC4004

312114

217

49505152545556575960

3

15,1

7,18

,36

–32

20,3

9–43

,45

,46

RD2,RC0–619

,22,

24–2

9

DQ0–15

A0–11, BA0, BA1

DQ0–15DQ0–15

IC4304SDRAM

TODSU (2/4)

BOARD

TOQMDV BOARD

CN7313

5

MRXIN2+MRXCLK–

MRXIN3–MRXIN3+

MRXCLK+

MRXIN0+MRXIN1–MRXIN1+MRXIN2–

MRXIN0–CN4201

14

57

101113

8

124

TOPD BOARD

CN9502

I

Q4300BUFFER LPF

FL4300Q4307

BUFFER

5Q4301BUFFER

LPF

FL4301Q4308

BUFFER

+–

+

M_D2CLKM_D2HM_D2V

VCC OUT

RESET

Q4200

TODSU (4/4)

BOARD

TODSU (2/4)

BOARD

12C_SCL12C_SCL

12C_SCL12C_SCL

IRIS_FB IRIS_FB

IRIS_FB

IRIS_CTRL IRIS_CTRL

IRIS_CTRL

IRIS_GAINIRIS_GAIN

SDATSDAT

SDAT

SCLKSCLK

SCLK

SENBSENB

SENB

SCL_ESDA_E

SENS_SDA

LVDS_PD

WP WP

LAMP_ON

SENS_SCL

I_MAIN_G

I_MAIN_B

I_MAIN_R

I_MAIN_CV

I_MAIN_C

B31A31

A30A29B28

A28

B25B27

A22A21

A19B18

A17

B15A15

A13B12A11

C BOARDCN6901

CN9050 8P

LVDS_PD LVDS_PDIRIS_FB

IRIS_GAINIRIS_CTRL

SDA1

SCLKSENB

SCL_E

SDA_EWP2

WP2SENS_SDASENS_SCL

SENS_SDASENS_SCL

SENS_SDASENS_SCL

CN7956

2019181716

141310

8753

–

LVDS_PD

DSU (1/4) (HDMI IN, CCPX)Supplied as the ASU/DSU block ass'y for service. The parts on this board are not supplied individually( )

– 29 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (5)

IC4503FLASH RAM

IC4505IFP-1

DQ0-31D0_0-31

IMY2-9

A0_0-10

B0_0,1

A0-10,BA0BA1

WE#CAS#RAS#

CS#CLK

IC4504FLASH RAM

DQ0-31

A0-10,BA0,BA1

WE#CAS#RAS#

CS#CLK

D1_0-31

A1_0-10

B1_0,1

ITODSU BOARD(1/4)

IMC2-9

CLOCK 1M_CLK

1M_HS

1M_VS

IC4610(1/2)IFP-2

IC4204LVDS TRANSMITTER

IC4203LVDS TRANSMITTER

IC4801DRAM

IC4800DDR

IC4802DDR

DIYD0-7

DICD0-7

CKD1

IHDD

IVDD

DQ000-31

DRCY1IN0-7

DRCY2IN0-7

DRCC1IN0-7

DRCC2IN0-7

DRCY1IN0-7

DRCY2IN0-7

DRCC1IN0-7

DRCC2IN0-7

XWE0XCAS0XRAS0XCS0SDCK0

AD000-10,BA00,BA01

DQ100-31

XWE1XCAS1XRAS1XCS1SDCK1

AD100-10,BA10,BA11

1GRA-2GRA+3GRB-4GRB+7GRC-8GRC+10GRCLK-

13GRD-11GRCLK+

14GRD+16GRE-17GRE+

CN7650RA- RE0-5

RD5,6RD0-4RC4,5RC0-3RB3-6

PA2-6PB0-2

RA+RB-RB+RC-RC+RCLK-RCLK+RD-RD+RE-RE+

IC7650MAIN LVDS RECIVER

IC4603CLOCK DRIVE

IC4600CLOCK SELECT

PD

PA0PA1

CLKOUT

GA0-7

GR0-7

GG0-7

GB0-7

GCKGHSGVS

LVDS_PD

TODSU BOARD(3/4)7

DY212-19

DY202-09

DB02-09

DR02-09

SSCLK8

7 3SSON#

XIN

IC4507

87

SSON#SSCLK

3XIN

IC4601

IC4608

6

8

3

SSCLK 37

1

2

244

8XIN

SSON#

IC4506

XIN

9

413

CLKBS1

127

S0CLKD

IC4508X4500

79.9918313MHz

IC4604

43

61

4 2

1

IC4615

IC4502

CKCI

CKBI

XRST

GPIO6

GPIO3

GPIO0

GPIO_INT3

PNCLCLKIN

XTALCLKIN

GPIO11

MCLK

S_RESETX

GPIO

12

RESE

TXST

ANDB

YXGPIO10GPIO09

IFPR1OUT0

IFPR1OUT9

IFPG1OUT0

IFPG1OUT9

IFPB1OUT0

IFPB1OUT9

IFPR2OUT0

IFPR2OUT9

IFPG2OUT0

IFPG2OUT9

IFPB2OUT0

IFPB2OUT9

WE

DQ0-31

A0-11BA0,1

MMA0-11MMBA0,1

DQS0-3

DM0-3

ROMCS1OE

MWEB WE

MMD0-63 MMD0-31

MMA0-11MMBA0,1

MMA0-11MMBA0,1

RASCSCKECLK0CLK1CK0CK1

CASWE

RASCS

CKECLK0CK0

CASMCASBMRASBMCSB0MCKE0

MCLK0BMCLK1B

MCLK0MCLK1

MMDQM4-7MMDQS4-7

MMDQM0-3MMDQS0-3

MMD0-31

GPIO7

EXTGXCKOUT

EXTGXHSOUT

IGXCK

IFP_V

RST/CK

LVDS_PD

IGXHS

CN4203

TA+/-

TB+/-

TC+/-

TD+/-

TE+/-

TCLK+/-

TA+/-

TB+/-

TC+/-

TD+/-

TE+/-

TCLK+/-

WECASRASCSCKECKCK

DQ0-7

A0-20

WECEOE

DQ0-31A0-11BA0,1DQS0-3DM0-3

WE

MMD32-63MMA0-11MMBA0,1

RASCS

CKECLK1CK1

CASWECASRASCSCKECKCK

WE

D0-7

A0-20

OECS1

OECS1WE

A0-21ROMAD0-21

D0-7ROMDQ0-7

IFPR1 OUT0-9

IFPG1 OUT0-9

IFPB1 OUT0-9

IFPR2 OUT0-9

IFPG2 OUT0-9

IFPB2 OUT0-9

TOC BOARDCN9000

XIN

9

413

CLKB

S112

1

S0

CLKC7CLKO

X460079.9918313MHz

WP2LVDS_PD

LVDS_PD

TODSU BOARD(3/4)8TODSU BOARD(1/4)6

DSU (2/4) IFP

TE2+TE2-TD2+TD2-

TCLK2+TCLK2-TC2+TC2-

TB2+TB2-TA2+TA2-

TE1+TE1-TD1+TD1-

TCLK1+TCLK1-TC1+TC1-TB1+TB1-TA1+TA1-

215689

111214151718

21222425272830313334

3637

TOC BOARDCN6900

1456

CN7954

A16.5V16.5VD6.5VSUB 6.5VD6.5VD6.5V


– 30 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (6)

DSU (3/4) TVMICRO

TODSU BOARD(4/4) 3

GPJ016

SUB_Y

CVY_MAIN

SUB_C

SUB_Y/C

EXTGXBIN0-7

CCPYIN_A0-7

EXTGXGIN0-7

EXTGXRIN0-7

EXTGXAIN0-7

EXTGXCKINEXTGXHSINEXTGXVSIN

OUT1CLKOUT1HOUT1V

IGPX1_A0-7

IGPX1_R0-7

IGPX1_G0-7

IGPX1_B0-7

IGPX1_CKIGPX1_HSIGPX1_VS

EXTGXCKIN

EXTGXBIN0-7

D4600

EXTGXBIN0-7

EXTGXGIN0-7

EXTGXGIN0-7

EXTGXRIN0-7

EXTGXRIN0-7

EXTGXAIN0-7

EXTGXAIN0-7

EXTGXHSINEXTGXVSIN

EXTGXCKINEXTGXHSINEXTGXVSIN

OSD_HS

OSD_VS

DOT_CLK_I

GA0-7

GR0-7

GG0-7

GB0-7

GCKGHSGVS

LVDS_PD

IC4610(2/2)IFP-2

IC7701TV MICRO

CCPVSIN_ACCPHSIN_ACCPCKIN_A

Q7704,7709,7715BUFFER

Q4600LED DRIVER

AIN4

AIN5

FIFOCLK_IN

AOUT1

DTOCLK_IN

AOUT2

REFCLK_IN

REO0-7,RO0-7

GEO0-7,GO0-7

BEO0-7,BO0-7

REO0-7,RO0-7

GEO0-7,GO0-7

BEO0-7,BO0-7

CCPCKIN-A

CCPYIN_A0-7

CCPCIN_A0-7

CCPYIN_A0-7

CCPCIN_A0-7

CCPHSIN-ACCPVSIN-A

CCPCKIN-ACCPHSIN-ACCPVSIN-A

CCPCKIN-ACCPHSIN-ACCPVSIN-A

OUT1C2-9

OUTIY2-9

YS_OUTYM_OUT

OSD_H_SYNCVSYNCDOT_CLKO_BUSSW_RST

D_B0-3D_G0-3D_B0-3

DATA_SLICER_MAIN

DATA_SLICER_SUB

CCPCIN_A0-7

OGPX_CKOGPX_HSOGPX_VS

OGPX_R0-7

OGPX_A0-7

OGPX_G0-7

OGPX_B0-7

OEX_HSIGPXO_HSOEX_VSIGPXO_VSOEX_CKIGPXO_CK

IC7551SWITCH

IEX_CKIEX_HS

SDASCL

IGPX0_R5-7IGPX0_G5-7IGPX0_B5-7

IGPX0_A7IGPX0_A6

OPC_VS

OPC_CKOPC_HS

OPC_BE0-7

OPC_GE0-7

Q7026,7027,7036BUFFER

Q7701BUFFER

Q7703BUFFER

Q7028,7029,7037BUFFER

Q7708,7713BUFFER

7TODSU BOARD(2/4)

7

5

16

14

IC4705WAVE SHAPER

IC7002(1/2)SYSTEM CONTROL

LPF

FL7701

Q7700BUFFER

Q7702BUFFERLPF

FL7700

+-

+-

X795079.9918313MHz

OSD_R5-7OSD_G5-7OSD_B5-7

OSD_YSOSD_YM

IFPV

12C_I/F-S

OSD_HSOSD_VS

OSD_CLK_ILVDS_PD

OSD_YS

IGNCK

OSD_R5-7,OSD_G5-7,OSD_B5-7

OSD_YM

IGXHS

12C_SDA_X12C_SCL_X

TODSU BOARD(4/4)9TODSU BOARD(2/4)8

2 TODSU BOARD(4/4)


– 31 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (7)

VCC I_LB_ERROR

O_AC_RLY

O_LMUTE2O_AD_MUTE

O_ATSC_RST

I_SUB_HINI_MAIN_HIN

LB ERROR

SW_5V 2 1OUT

IC7006

SYSTEM CONTROLIC7002 (2/2)

A/D CONVERTERIC7404

BUS SWITCHIC7005

NVMIC7004

EEPROMIC7405

I_DOVP

AC_RLY

D_OVP_MLINE MUTEAD_MUTE

Q7004

S-HM-H

SYS-CTL

SUB Y/C

I2C-IF

IO_BDATIO_BCLK

I_KEY1

STBY_5V

STBY_5V

NC

GATE

SIRCSI_SIRCS

I_POWER_KEY

KEY_WAKE

USER_TXDUSER_RXD

O_ANT_N

911

13

810

24

IO_SDATIO_SCLK

O_BUS_SW1

I_RESET

POW_CTL POW_CTL

TRSTX

I_RXD_ATSCI_TXD_ATSC

O_NVM_PR

O_NVM_RSTQ7019

Q7021

DATCLK

WP

SA0

56

7

8

Q7006,7009BUFFER

Q7025BUFFER

Q7011,7013LEVEL SHIFT

5,6,12,13

Q7022,7024 Q7002

Q7005,7007,7008

OVP I/F

CN7005

PCSTBY_LEDO_PICOFF_LEDO_TIMER_LEDO_STBY_LED

O_POWER_LEDLAMP_ERR_LED

RXD_ATSCTXD_ATSC

O_ANT_S

ATSC_RST

I2C_SDAI2C_SCL

I2C_SDA_XI2C_SCL_X

I2C_SDA_XI2C_SCL_X

I2C_3.3_SDAI2C_3.3_SCL

MS1MS0

USER_TXDUSER_RXD

KEY2KEY2

KEY1KEY1

23

KEY2KEY2

KEY1KEY1

45

REC_LEDREC_LED

678

PCSTBY_LEDPCSTBY_LED

9

PICOFF_LEDPICOFF_LED

TIMER_LEDTIMER_LED

12

STBY_LEDSTBY_LED

13

POWER_LEDPOWER_LED

14

LAMP_ERR_LEDLAMP_ERR_LED

ILINK_LEDILINK_LED

REC_LEDREC_LED

PCSTBY_LEDPICOFF_LEDTIMER_LEDSTBY_LEDPOWER_LED

LAMP_ERR_LED

ILINK_LED

Q7020

Q7015,7017

RST

RESET

SW_3.3V4 5VCC

IC7003

TODSU BOARD(1/4) 5

TODSU BOARD(3/4) 3

TODSU BOARD(1/4) 4

TODSU BOARD(3/4) 9 DSU (4/4) SYSTEM CONTROL

TODSU BOARD

CN2006

ATSC_5V ATSC_5V

D5V D5V

SW3.3V SW3.3V

STBY5V STBY5V

SW_9VSW_9V

AC_RLYAC_RLY

SCL(IFP_SCL)SDA1(IFP_SDA)

I2C_SCLI2C_SCL

I2CMSCL1

I2C_SDAI2C_SDA

I2CMSDA1

USER_TXDUSER_TXD

USER_RXDUSER_RXD

SIRCS SIRCSLINE_MUTE LINE_MUTE

AD_MUTEAD_MUTE

AD_RSTAD_RST

AFT_SUBAFT_SUB

TU_H_SUBS-H

SUB_CSUB_C

SUB_Y SUB_YM-HTU_H_MAIN

CVY_MAIN CVY_MAINMTU_V

MTU_L MTU_LMTU_R

MTU_RHDMI_YHDMI_LHDMI_RATSC_L

ATSC_LATSC_R

ATSC_RPC_L

PC_R

CN7003

A50

B46A49

A45

A41

B42

A39

A37A38

A32

B38

A36

A27

A23

A26

A24

A22A21A20A19A18A17A16A15A14

A13A12

A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1

CN7300

TOQMDV BOARD

CN7952

TO PD BOARD

1311

67

CN9504

R R

RRIN

GIN

BIN

G

B

REO0-7,RO0-7

GEO0-7,GO0-7

BEO0-7,BO0-7

LL

YY

NCNC

SDA_XSCL_X

SDA_XSCL_X

RLY

PB9PR

4SDATA

SDA

3SCLK

SCL

SDA

SCL

CN7951ATSC-XRD1ATSC_XTX2

3 ATSC_RST

CN7955

1MS13MS245V59V

1 MS13 MS24 5V5 9V

ATSC_5VATSC_A9V

ANT_SQ2319

Q2318

ANT_M00B

MAINSUB

RXD_ATSCTXD_ATSCATSC_RST

SPLITTER

VHF/UHF CABLE

TOQT BOARD

MAIN TUNERTOASU BOARDSUB TUNER

CN7400

J7400

RGB

AUDIO

8 PC IN

2

P_ON543

CN7004

TOH2 BOARDCN1200

CN1200H1 BOARDCN1600

TOH2 BOARD

SIRCSP_SW

STBY_5V

STBY_5V

2 TODSU BOARD(3/4)

Q7026,7027,7036DATA SELECT DETCT

DATA SELECTER MAIN

DATA SELECTER SUBDATA SELECTDETECTQ7028,7029,7037

CN7950

24

SDATSCLK

7

TU1L910

L

TU1V

13

TU1R

14

CN7901

TOQT BOARD

RATSC_RATSC_L

MTU_VMTU_R

MTU_R

I2C_SDA_X

I2C_SCL_X

I2C_SDA_X

I2C_SCL_X


– 32 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (8)

T6302R6302

R6322

D6406

+

-

D6407RECT

+

-

D6205RECT

D6408

6.5V

SW_9V

16.5V

THRU_5V

SUBEG11V

STBY5V

D6410

D6501

PH6201

D6308

Q6201

Q6202

Q6210

Q6204

D6201,6225

D6208,6226

THERMOSTAT

D6217L6203L6202

Q6219

Q6001Q6201GATE

D6100RECT

Q6208

RLYON

Q6214

Q6218

Q6217

D6219

D6104RECT

PH6203

PH6301

PH6202

PH6101

D6103

T6101

RY6001

RY6002

R600

7

THRU_5V

FB

VC1

PRI_

VCC1

VCCVCC(IC6202,6203)

OUT

CTL

OCP

VG(L)

VG(H)

VSENSE

SWITCHING REGULATOR

VS

IC6401

IC6301

SHUNTREGULATOR

IC6405

SHUNTREGULATOR

IC6102

IC6402

+9VREG.

16

15

144

6

7

2

1

213

12

11

10

9

31

2

SHUNTREGULATOR

IC6204

CONTROLLERIC6203

+5V REG.IC6201

SWITCHINGREGULATOR

IC6101

PRE REGULATORIC6202

31

2

D6105RECT

CN6502

CN6408

CN6501

D6401

1

+5VREG.1 2

24

1 AUDIO_VCC2 AUDIO_VCC4 AUDIO_GND5 AUDIO_GND

1 LAMP DC

3 LAMP GND

1 SW9V2 SW9V

6 THRU5V

22 SUB6.5V24 SUB6.5V25 SUB6.5V26 SUB6.5V

41 STBY5V

37 REC_ON

43 P-SW(-)31 AC_RLY

32 PFC_DET

SUB11V9|

15

22

Q6302DRIVE

Q6212,6213BUFFER

Q6203,6205SWITCHING

DRIVE

Q6206,6207SWITCHING

Q6209DRIVE

RELAYDRIVER

Q6301DRIVE23

1

20

16

15

2

1

2

13

14

968

10

7

13

93

4

216

Q6215,6216LATCH2

13 +BSWITCH

Q6303,6304LATCH

118

6

4

3

3

2

1

10

872

34

+

-

2AC (L)1AC (N)

1THRMO13THRMO2

AC (L)AC (N)

2 AC (L)1

12 AC (N)

F (AC LINE FILTER)

AC IN

CN6001 CN6018 CN6014

F6001 L6002 L6003

TO LAMP

TOK BOARDCN2602

TOASU BOARD

CN2100

(POWER SUPPLY)G

16.5V16.5V

4950

– 33 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (9)

CN3001

CN3003

4321 GND

GNDPVDDPVDD

1 L+L-

3 R+R-4

2

(AUDIO AMP)K(DIGITAL AUDIO I/F)AK

SPEAKER(R-CH)

TOG BOARDCN6002

CN3002

TOASU BOARDCN501

TOASU BOARDCN1

IC3007CLOCK GENERATOR

IC3005DIGITAL POWER AMP

4

4 5 3

2

1

3 1

2

48

41169

14616

5153

333025224

2524

3029

31

23

36

19

27

2221

87

6

3

9

24

1213

14

17

11

1816

SOFTMUTE

IC3002 (1/2)

IC3002 (2/2)

54

6

INIT

SCSHIFT

BUFFER

GATE

SCDT

SCLATCH

DATABCKLRCKXFSDNFLAGL DVFDVF FLAGR

OUTL1 OUT_AOUT_BOUT_COUT_D

PWM_APWM_B

PWM_CPWM_D

/RST_AB/RST_CD

/SD

VOUT VINON OFF CONT

VOUT VIN

ON OFF CONT

AUDIO L

AUDIO ROUTL2

OUTR1OUTR2

X300149.1MHz

+12V

+3.3V

+1.8V

XFSDIND+3.3V

2

PS3001

Q3002,3003Q3005,3006

ZERO VOLTAGEDETECT

Q3004PROTECT

IC3003+3.3V REG.

2

31 VOUTVINCONT

IC2603+3.3V REG.

12 RESETVCC

IC2602RESET

IC3008+1.8V REG.

IC3001+12V REG.

111312

IC2614

12

4

GATE

SUB 3.3V

IC2601

12

4

GATEQ2602

SPEAKER(L-CH)

IC3004BUS BUFFER

IC3006PCM/PWM PROCESSOR

LPF

14A_MUTE6M_RST

153.3V_SW13SP-PROT

12AMP_RST

1MCLK4LRCK3BCLK

5LR_DATA

7KCLATCH8DF_FLAG9SCDT11SCSHIFT

14 A_MUTE6

15 3.3V_SW3.3V_SW

13 SP-PROT

12 AMP_RST

14 LRCK3 BCK5

789 SCDT

11 SCSHIFT

AUDIO L

AUDIO R

AUDIO L

AUDIO R

3

34

DIGITAL AUDIOI/F RECEIVER

DINO

CKOUT(O)

BCK(O)

LRCK(O)

XMODE

XMODE

XMODE

48

13

14

15

16

22

X260024.576MHz

3 416

IC2612CLOCK OSC

DATA(O)

XIN(I)

IC2600

789

10

131415

1718

20PCN2603

SP_PROT SP_PROT

A_MUTEOF_FLAG OF_FLAG

OF_FLAG

OF_FLAG

3.3V_SW3.3V_SW

M_RSTSCLTCH

SCLTCH

SCLTCH

AMP_RST

SCDTSCDT

SCDT

SCSHIFT SCSHIFT

SCSHIFT

CN2604

CKOUT

DIR-DATA

XMODE

SCLTCHOF_FLAG

1

6

7PCN2600

5.0V

SPDIF-

Supplied as the block ass'y for service. The parts on this board are not supplied individually( )

– 34 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (10)

CN9500

L

AUDIO

R

J9504

D2+/-

DDC CLK 15DDC DAT 16

1,2D1+/- 4,5

7,9

12,13

PD ( HDMI RECEIVER )

D0+/-

CLK+/-

X950110MHz

HMDIIN 6

IC9507HDMI RECEIVER

IC9500VIDEO BUFFER

IC9517SUB SYSTEM CONTROL

IC7005LVD TRANSMITTER

R1X0+/-R1X1+/-

30

71,70

40,3944,43

48,47

52,51

67,6663,6259,58

29

R1X2+/-

R1XC+/-

R0X0+/-R0X1+/-R0X2+/-

R0XC+/-

CN4201

TODSU BOARD

CN7952

TO ASU BOARD 13

11

6

7

CN9504

R

L

YPB

9 PR

4 SDATA

3 SCLK

HMDIIN 6

CN9501D2+/-

DDC CLK 15DDC DAT 16

1,2D1+/- 4,5

7,912,13

D0+/-

CLK+/-

LEVELSHIFT

DSCL0

HMDIIN 7

IC9509

LEVELSHIFT

IC9519

32

17ANGY20ANBPB14ANRPR

Y

PBPR

Y1IN

PB1INPR1IN

L

R

SDAT

SCLK

31

CN9502TX1OUT3+/-

13,14

1,2TX1CLK+/-4,5

7,810,11

TX1OUT2+/-

TX1OUT0+/-TX1OUT1+/-

IC9502AUDIO D/A

CONVERTER

IC9506AUDIO SWITCH

84SDO86SCK

8

5

1

2

14

5

15

2

L1

R1

L2

R2

LX

RX

13

3

8

582

4

6

Y0-7 37,38

C0-739,4041,42

45,4647,48

R0-7

28 37CSCL IO_SCL127 38

20

21

89

CSDA

OSC1 OSC2

IO_SDA1IO_SCL_TV

IO_SDA_TV

DSDA0

DSCL1DSDA1

EDIDNVM

IC9504

EDIDNVM

IC9518

Supplied as the block ass'y for service. The parts on this board are not supplied individually( )

– 35 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (11)

(CABLE CARD CONNECTOR)

QU

B33B32

CD2#

A32D2MDO2

B31MDO1A31D1B30A30D0

MDO0

B29MOSTRTA29B28

A0

A1 A28A2 A27

INPACK# B26A26B25

MOVAL

A25

A3

B24

A23

WAIT#

A24

A4_CTX

A6_ETX

B21A7_QTX

RESET

B22

A5_ITX

A22MDI7

A21MDI6

B20A12

A19MDI4

A18VPP-2VPP-1

A17

B19

MDI5A20MCLKI

B18MIVAL

B17VCC

A16

B14A15

B9

B13

B12

VCCMDI3

MDI2

MDI1

B16IREQ#

B15WE#

A14MCK0MDI0

A13A13

A12A8_CRXB11IOWR#A11A9_DRXB10IORD#A10A11

A9OE#B8CE2#

A10 A8MDO7 B7CE1# A7

B6A6D7B5MDO5A5D6B4A4

MDO4

B3MDO3A3D4B2

D3CD1#

A2

D5

MDO6

VS1#

MISTRT

CN7952 CN7953

1 VCC

VPP52 VCC

CN7951TO

QT BOARDCN7904

TOQT BOARD

CN7903CableCard

35678910111314151718192122232426272930313233343536404145464748495051525455565758596062636465666768707172737475767778

CD2#

D2MDO2

MDO1D1

D0MDO0

MOSTRTA0

A1A2

INPACK#

MOVAL

A3WAIT#

A4_CTX

A6_ETX

A7_QTX

RESETA5_ITX

MDI7

MDI6A12

MDI4

VPP-1, 2

MDI5MCLKI

MIVAL

VCC

MDI3

MDI2

MDI1

IREQ#

WE#

MCK0MDI0A13

A8_CRXIOWR#

A9_DRXIORD#

A11

OE#CE2#A10

MDO7CE1#

D7MDO5

D6MDO4

MDO3D4

D3CD1#

D5

MDO6

VS1#

MISTRT

1 LAMP_COV

GND32 NC

CN7150

TOASU BOARDCN2390

T1(LAMP DOOR DETECTION )

S7150

LAMP DOORDETECTION

4 SCL_E

SET_5V13 SDA_E

CN7120

TOASU BOARDCN2303

S2

IC7120

TEMPERATURESENSOR 1

2

8

(LAMP TEMPERATURE )

4 SCL_E

SET_5V13 SDA_E

CN7100

S1

IC7100

TEMPERATURESENSOR 1

2

8

(LAMP TEMPERATURE )

TOASU BOARDCN2390

1 LAMP_POS

GND32 NC

CN7156

T3 (LAMP CONNECTOR DETECTION )

S7156

LAMP CONNECTORDETECTION

2 KEY

GND13 GND

CN7000

TOAGU BOARDCN8004

H1 (PANEL SWITCH )

S7003S7000S7001S7002S7004S7005

Q7020LED DRIVER

(SIRCS,LED)H2

CN7020

10

9

5TIMER_LED

4STBY3.3V1

CNXXXX

TOASU BOARD

LAMP_LED

SIRCS

8 POW_LED7 LINK_LED

3P_MUTE_LED

P.ON

IC7021LEVEL CHANGE

STBY+3.3V

Q7022LED DRIVER

Q7021LED DRIVERPOWER/

STANDBY

LAMP D7023

D7022GR

S7020

Q7023LED DRIVER

Q7024LED DRIVERD7024

GR

TIMER

POWER

OUTIC7020

MENU FUNCTION VOLUME+ CHANNEL- CHANNEL+ VOLUME-

12

4

– 36 –


BLOCK DIAGRAM (12)

CN702

1

OUT

2

3

4

QMDV ( VIDEO CAPTURE,CPU )QI ( I.LINK )

QT ( TUNER )

X70124.576MHz

IC601i.LINK, LINK/PHY

IC7300ATI,X226/MPEG2,A/V DEC,VIDEO CAPTURE,

GRAPHIC SCALER,USB I/F,CPU

TPA2P/NTPB2P/N

TPA1P/NTPB1P/N

TPA0P/NTPB0P/N

NC

NC

NC

812

AUDIO_ROUTAUDIO_LOUT

i.LINK S400

TS/DV/MICROMTV/

HDV

TS/DV/MICROMTV/

HDV

TXD_P43

RXD_P44

UART1_RX

UART1_TXUART1_RX

UART1_TX

CN7313

CN701 CN7308

CN602 CN7305

X2

STREAM20-27

STREAM10-17

32

X1

DV656_D0-7DV656_CLK

DV656_D0-7DV656_CLK

HSDIO_D0-7HSDIO_DVALIDHSDIO_ERROR

TSTRTB0-7

DVI2S BUSPCM1,ABCK,

ALRCK

12S_WS,12S_SD,12S_SCK

DV656 BUS

HSDIO BUS

CN703

PCM/DOLBYDIGITAL

DIGITALAUDIO

(OPTICAL)OUT

CN7312

12

3

4

i.LINK

i.S400 CN704

12

3

4

IC7900,IC7904

TU7901 TU7900

POD I/F CONTROL

DATA

CLK

VALI

D

TUL

SCL

SDA

TUR

TUV

HD0-7

HA0,1,HCS_SDA,HRW_SCL,HIRQ

HACK

MAIN TUNEROOB TUNER

BOUT02-11

TOCLKTOVAL

TOSTART

IC5015

TOD

CN7900 CN7306

VSOUT

HSOUTTS-FE BUS TVLDA,TSTRTA

TDAA0,TCLKA

IC7322,7324DRAM-A

IC7323,7325DRAM-B

USBNA D-

D+USBPA IC733112/24 BIT DMUX

IC703SDRAM

IC7318,7319NAND FLASH

IC7321GFX PLL

IC802DV DEC

IC7327AUDIO D/ACONVERTER

IC7341656/601

CONVERTER

IC7342LVDS TRANSMITER

LVDS TRANSMITERIC7332

PCI DATA BUS

GOUT02-11

PCI_AD0-31 PCI_AD0-31 PCI_AD0-31

PCI CNTROL BUS

AD0-31

GIN0-9

32

9

3

10

CN7903

MAINTOSPLITTER OOB

D0-7

A0-11

34

32

MDI1-736

MDO0-7389

TOQU BOARD

CN7953

6

8AD0-7 AD0-15 HSO

VSO

HSI

VSI

CLK

IDE_IMRQ

IDE_DMARQ

AD0-15

AD0-

15

16

D0-7

TIDO,TICLK,TIVAL

86

4

8

6

4

A0-1112

MDI0-78

MDO0-78

CN7901

TURTUR

TULSCLSDA

2TU1V4TU1R6TU1L8SCLK9SDAT

TOASU BOARD

CN7950

CN7304TE+/-

16,17

1,2TD+/-4,5

7,810,11

TCLK+/-

TA+/-

TC+/-

R2-9 18,19

G2-9 20,2122,23

24,25

13,14 TB+/-28,2930,31

B2-9

GRAPHICS DATA BUS

FAD0-15/FCE0-5

CN4200

TODSU BOARD

CN7309

42

VS-INHS-INCN7302

CN7201(USB)

TOHM BOARD

32

D+D-

CN7311

TX1OUT3+/-

13,14

1,2TX1CLK+/-4,5

7,810,11

TX1OUT2+/-

TX1OUT0+/-TX1OUT1+/-

601_Y0-7

5

4

11

14

12

37,38

601_C0-739,4041,42

45,4647,48

601_R0-7

656_Y0-7

656_C0-7

656_R0-7

DATA

LRCKMCK

12SSD_OUTA

12SWS_OUTA12SSDSCK_OUTA

VCXO_INA

X730026.1621MHz

XTALOUT

XTALIN

Supplied as the Q box ass'y for service. The parts on this board are not supplied individually( )

Supplied as the Q box ass'y for service. The parts on this board are not supplied individually( ) Supplied as the Q box ass'y for service.

The parts on this board are not supplied individually( )

– 37 –


4-2. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

1

3 4

2

1

3 4

2

1

3 4

2

VHF/UHF CABLE

O

M

A C

SPLITTER

TU2100SUB TUNER

CN00412P

CN705212P

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

S SW2S2 2

C2

Y2

V2

L2

R2

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

E

CN70511P

S SW2S2 2

C2

Y2

V2

L2

R2

1234567891011

1

ECN6053

1

ECN6054

1

AC(L)

CN60182P

1AC(N)2

CN20211

CN20

081

CN20

091

CN20

111

CN20

121

CN20

131

CN20

141

CN20

181

CN20

191

CN20

201

CN20

151

CN20

161

CN20

171

HP_SW

CN7053NC

1HP_L2HP_R3GND4

LAMP DC

CN65013P

12

LAMP GND3

12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

123456789

101112

GNDATSC_5V

GNDATSC_5V

GNDGNDGNDGNDD5VD5VD5VD5VGNDGNDGNDGND

SW3.3VSW3.3VSW3.3VSW3.3V

GNDGNDGND

STBY5VSTBY5VSTBY5V

GNDSW_9V

GNDSW_9V

GNDNC

GNDIFP_VSYNC

GNDSET_ON

GNDAC_RLY

GNDJIG_VBUS

GNDJIG_UDP

GNDJIG_UDM

GNDB-INTGND

SCL(IFP_SCL)GND

SDA1(IFP_SDA)GND

SYSTEM_RSTGND

I2C_SCLGND

I2C_SDAGND

USER_TXDGND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

USER_RXD

SIRCS

LINE_MUTE

AD_MUTE

AD_RST

AFT_SUB

TU_H_SUB

SUB_C

SUB_Y

TU_H_MAIN

CVY_MAIN

MTU_V

MTU_L

MTU_R

HDMI_Y

HDMI_L

HDMI_R

ATSC_L

ATSC_R

PC_L

PC_R

CN2006100PBLK

B50A50

B48A48

B46

B49A49

B45

A47B47

A45

A46

B43A44B44

B41A42

A41

B42A43

B34A34

B22

B35

A39

A37

B40

A35

B37

B32

A38

B36

B33

A40B39

B31A31

A33

A32

B38

A36

A27B26

B30A30

A23

A26

A25

A24

B29A29B28A28

B25

B24

B27

B23

A22B21A21B20A20B19A19B18A18B17A17B16A16B15A15B14A14B13A13B12A12B11A11B10A10B9A9B8A8B7A7B6

B5

B4

A6

A5

A4B3A3B2A2B1A1

GNDGNDGNDA16.5VGNDA16.5VGNDGNDSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VGNDGNDGNDGNDSW_5VSW_5VGNDGNDSW_3.3VSW_3.3VSW_3.3VSW_3.3VGNDGNDSW_2.5VSW_2.5VSW_2.5VSW_2.5VGNDGNDI_UARTRXDPGNDIRIS_FBIRIS_CTRLI_UARTTXDPIRIS_GAINGNDSDATSCLKSENBSCL_EI_USBDPLSGNDGNDSDA_EI_USBDMNSNCI_USBCONNECTGNDDE_BUSYNCSENS_SDANC

NC

GND

LVDS_PD

ROCK_RESET

WP2

PANEL_ON

MUTE2

MUTE

LAMP_ON

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

ATSC_11V

ATSC_11V

GND

SENS_SCL

GND

I_MAIN_G

GND

I_MAIN_B

GND

I_MAIN_R

GND

I_MAIN_CV

GND

I_MAIN_C

NC

IFP_RXD

IFP_TXD

TVM_RXD

TVM_TXD

GND

GND

ATSC_11V

ATSC_11V

ATSC_9V

CN2010100PBLK

B50A50

B48A48

B46

B49A49

B45

A47B47

A45

A46

B43A44B44

B41A42

A41

B42A43

B34A34

B22

B35

A39

A37

B40

A35

B37

B32

A38

B36

B33

A40B39

B31A31

A33

A32

B38

A36

A27B26

B30A30

A23

A26

A25

A24

B29A29B28A28

B25

B24

B27

B23


B5

B4

A6

A5

A4B3A3B2A2B1A1

GNDATSC_5VGNDATSC_5VGNDGNDGNDGNDD5VD5VD5VD5VGNDGNDGNDGNDSW3.3VSW3.3VSW3.3VSW3.3VGNDGNDGNDSTBY5VSTBY5VSTBY5VGNDSW_9VGNDSW_9VGNDSTBY_3.3VGNDIFP_VSYNCGNDSET_ON(POW_CTL)GNDAC_RLYGNDJIG_VBUSGNDJIG_UDPGNDJIG_UDMGND+B-INTGNDSCL(IFP_SCL)GNDSDA1(IFP_SDA)GNDSYSTEM_RSTGND12C_SCLGND12C_SDAGNDUSER_TXDGND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

USER_RXD

SIRCS

LINE_MUTE

AD_MUTE

AD_RST

AFT_SUB

TU_H_SUB

SUB_C

SUB_Y

TU_H_MAIN

CVY_MAIN

MTV_V

MTV_L

MTV_R

HDMI_Y

HDMI_L

HDMI_R

ATSC_L

ATSC_R

PC_L

PC_R

B7A7B6

B5

B4

A6

A5

A4B3A3B2A2B1A1

B13A13B12A12B11A11B10A10B9A9B8A8

A20B19A19B18A18B17A17B16A16B15A15B14A14

B22A23

A24B24

B23

A22B21A21B20

A27B26

B30A30

A26

A25

B29A29B28A28

B25

B27

B34A34

B35A35

B32

B36

B33

B31A31

A33

A32

A36

B41A42

A41

A39

A37

B40

B37A38

A40B39

B38

A48

B46

B45

A47B47

A45

A46

B43A44B44

B42A43

B50A50

B48

B49A49

CN7003100P

GNDGNDGND

A16.5VGND

A16.5VGNDGND

SUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5VSUB_6.5V

GNDGNDGNDGND

SW_5VSW_5V

GNDGND

SW_3.3VSW_3.3VSW_3.3VSW_3.3V

GNDGND

SW_2.5VSW_2.5VSW_2.5VSW_2.5V

GNDGND

I_UARTRXDPGND

IRIS_FBIRIS_CTRL

I_UARTTXDPIRIS_GAIN

GNDSDAT_D

SCL_DSENB_D

SCL_EI_USBDPLS

GNDGND

SDA_EI_USBDMNS

NCI_USBCONNECT

GNDNC

D_1.2VSENS_SDA

D_1.8V

I_BOOTMODE

GND

LVDS_PD

ROCK_RESET

WP2

WP

MUTE2

MUTE

LAMP_ON

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

ATSC_11V

ATSC_11V

GND

SENS_SCL

GND

I_MAIN_G

GND

I_MAIN_B

GND

I_MAIN_R

GND

I_MAIN_CV

GND

I_MAIN_C

STBY_2.5V

IFP_RXD

IFP_TXD

TVM_RXD

TVM_TXD

GND

GND

ATSC_11V

ATSC_11V

ATSC_9V

CN4000100P

B50A50

B48A48

B46

B49A49

B45

A47B47

A45

A46

B43A44B44

B41A42

A41

B42A43

B34A34

B22

B35

A39

A37

B40

A35

B37

B32

A38

B36

B33

A40B39

B31A31

A33

A32

B38

A36

A27B26

B30A30

A23

A26

A25

A24

B29A29B28A28

B25

B24

B27

B23


B5

B4

A6

A5

A4B3A3B2A2B1A1

ICLKGNDICS0ICS1ICS2ICD0ICD1ICD2ICD3BREAKCINITXRSTINXTRSTUVCC

CN7001XX

1413121110987654321

1110987654321

12 13 14 151110987654321

1413121110987654321

1415161718192021

13121110987654321

14151617181920

13121110987654321

SCLK0SO0SI0EBUSY 3MD2RESETSTBY3.3V

CN70028P

87654321

4321

GNDMPSDASCL

CN74014P

GNDGNDGNDGNDGRE+GRE-GNDGRD+GRD-GNDGRCLK+GRCLK-GNDGRC+GRC-GNDGRB+GRB-GNDGRA+GRA-

CN765021P

MRXIN3+MRXIN3-DRAINMRXCLK+MRXCLK-DRAINMRXIN2+MRXIN2-DRAINMRXIN1+MRXIN1-DRAINMRXIN0+MRXIN0-

CN4201

1413121110987654321

MRXIN3+MRXIN3-DRAINMRXCLK+MRXCLK-DRAINMRXIN2+MRXIN2-DRAINMRXIN1+MRXIN1-DRAINMRXIN0+MRXIN0-

CN420014

BLK

CN70003P

CN702011P

GND

STBY 5V

P_MUTE LEDTIMER LED

SIRCS

GND

POW LED

GND

ILINK LED

P ON

LAMP LED

321GND

GND

DSU(CCPX/OSD/DRC)

H2SIRCSLED

KEY

GND

KEY2

KEY1

PICO

FF_L

EDGN

DGN

DIL

INK_

LED

LAM

P_ER

R_LE

DRE

C_LE

DPO

WER

_LED

STBY

_LED

TIM

ER_L

EDPC

STBY

_LED

STBY

5VSW

_5V

654321

P_ON

P_SW

SIRC

SST

BY_5

VGN

D

GNDVH

NCNC

AGC_MUTESDATSCLKGND

TU1LGND

TU1RGND

TU1VAFTM

N_CL

GNDR

GND

CN795020P

654321

TDOTCK

TRSTTDI

TMSGND

54321

1CN7957

1CN7958

1CN7959

1CN7960

1CN7691

1CN7692

1CN7693

1CN7694

1CN7695

1CN7696

1CN7697

1CN7698

CN64085P

CN46006P

1514

1312

1110

98

76

54

32

1

CN740015PBLK

GNDMS1

MS25V9V5

4321

GNDMS1

MS25V9V

CN79555P

1110987654321

D5VGNDSDASCLD5VGNDSDASCL

NC

NC

GNDLOGOMIX5V

11121314151617181920

10987654321

10987654321

CN230311PWHT

NCGNDLAMP_COVERGNDLAMP HVLAMP_POWERLAMP_OND3.3VF_GNDFLAG

LOOP ANT

7654321

FAN FAN FAN FAN

GND

FAN4

-POW

FAN3

-POW

FAN2

-POW

FAN1

-POW

CN23045P

54321

AUDI

O GN

DAU

DIO

GND

NCAUDI

O_VC

CAU

DIO_

VCC

54321

CN239010PWHT

GNDSPDIF-SPDIF+/NCGND11VGNDSUB_6.5V

7654321

CN5017P

WHTCN2600

7P

5.0VGND

SUB11VGND

SPDIF+/NCSPDIF-

GND

GNDGNDSCSHIFTSCDTSCLTCH2AMP_RSTSCLTCHM_RSTCH_RSTCH_WP3.3V_SWOVFA_MUTESP_PROTCH_IIC_SWCH_M/S_SWSCL_PSDA_PGNDGND

1112131415

10987654321

987654321

11121314151617181920

10987654321

CN120P

CN260320P

GNDGND

DAT_DSLK_D

CH_M/S_SWCH_IIC_SW

SP_PROTA_MUTEOF_FLAG3.3V_SW

CH_WPCH_RSTM_RST

SCLTCHAMP_RSTSCLTCH2

SCDTSCSHIFT

GNDGND

1112131415

10987654321

1

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 5010987654321

3.3V_SWA_MUTEAMP_RSTM_RSTLR_DATALRCKBCLKGNDMCLK

CN5029P

WHT

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 5010987654321

A16.

5VA1

6.5V

GND

GND

GND

GND

Tu32

VP-

SW(-

)GN

DST

BY5V

+B_O

VPGN

DGN

DRE

C_ONGN

DGN

DGN

DGN

DPF

C_DE

TAC

_RLY

GND

GND

GND

GND

SUB6

.5V

SUB6

.5V

SUB6

.5V

GND

SUB6

.5V

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

SUB1

1VSU

B11V

SUB1

1VSU

B11V

SUB1

1VSU

B11V

SUB1

1VGN

DGN

DTH

RU5V18V

GND

GND

SW9V

SW9V

1112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142

10987654321

A16.

5VA1

6.5V

GND

GND

GND

GND

Tu32

VP-

SW(-

)GN

DST

BY5V

+B_O

VPGN

DGN

DRE

C_ON

GND

GND

GND

GND

PFC_

DET

AC_R

LYGN

DGN

DGN

DGN

DSU

B6.5

VSU

B6.5

VSU

B6.5

VGN

DSU

B6.5

VGN

DGN

DGN

DGN

DGN

DGN

DSU

B11V

SUB1

1VSU

B11V

SUB1

1VSU

B11V

SUB1

1VSU

B11V

GND

GND

THRU

5V18

VGN

DGN

DSW

9VSW

9V

JIG

CONN

ECTO

R

GNDGNDGND

TU_V_OUTDTT_LOG

RESETP61

MD2NC

DEM_VBUSDEM_UDMDEM_UDP

3.3VIFP_VBUSIFP_UDMIFP_UDP

NCTVM_VBUSTVM_UDMTVM_UDP

5V5V

DEM_RXDDEM_TXDIFP_RXDIFP_TXD

TVM_RXDTVM_TXDKILL_WE

3.3VSDA_DEM_400KSCL_DEM_400KSDA_DEM_100KSCL_DEM_100K

SDA_IFPSCL_IFPSDA_TVSCL_TVE_BINT

TV_BINTGNDGND

87654321

CN200742P

FLAS

H

SCK0SO0SI0

GNDBUSY3

MD2RESET

STBY3.3V

CN28P

GND

FAN5

-PRO

TFA

N5-P

OWGN

DFA

N4-P

ROT

FAN4

-POW

GND

FAN3

-PRO

TFA

N3-P

OWGN

DFA

N2-P

ROT

FAN2

-POW

GND

FAN1

-PRO

TFA

N1-P

OW

CN230115PWHT

CKOUT

4321

GNDBCKLRCKDIR-DATAXMODESCLTCHOF_FLAGSCDTGNDSCSHIFTAMP_RSTSP_PROTA_MUTE3.3V_SW 3.3V_SW

A_MUTESP_PROTAMP_RST

SCSHIFTGND

SCDTOF_FLAG

SCLATCH1M_RST

LR_DATALRCKBCLKGND

MCLK

321LAMP_POS

NCGND

321LAM_COV

NCGND

EB3001

1EB3002

1EB3003 XX

CN300215PWHT

CN260415PWHT

CN30014P

WHT

12V3.3V1.8VGND

CN3004XX

4321

PVDDPVDDGNDGND

4321

R-R+L-L+

CN30034P

SPXXXSPEAKER

(L-CH)

SPXXXSPEAKER

(R-CH)

XX

CN20221 XX

CN20231

123

THERMO1

THERMO2

1E

21

AC(L)AC(N)

XX

CN71563P

CN71503P

234SCL_E

SDA_EE

1SET_5V

CN71204P

234SCL_E

SDA_EE

1SET_5V

CN71004P

S1ANBI

TEMPERATURE

S2PANEL

TEMPERATURE

T1LAMP DOORDETECTION

DSU ASU DSU

T3LAMP CONNECTOR

DETECTION

K(AUDIO AMP)

AKDIGITALAUDIO

INTERFACE

ASU(AUDIO/VIDEO INPUT SELECT)

CN60153P

CN60142P

12

AC(L)AC(N)

CN60012P

CN6301

1ECN6051

1ECN6052

THEARMOSTAT

CN7050

J7050

V1

L1

R1

V2

L2

R2

VG

VB

VR

L

R

VG

VB

VR

L

R

S VIDEO

VIDEO 3IN VIDEO

R

L(MONO)

AUDIO

S VIDEO

CONTROL S INJ303

J301

J307

CONTROL S OUT

VIDEO 1IN

J309

VIDEO

R

L(MONO)

AUDIO

J3045P

J3105P

HD/DVD4 IN

Y

PB

PR

L

R

AUDIO

L

R

AUDIOAUDIOOUT

(VAR/FIX)

HD/DVD5 IN

Y

PB

PR

L

R

AUDIO

SW1

SW2

J7400

RGB

AUDIO

8 PC IN

TODSU (2/2)

CN210050P

CN650250PBLK

CN700515PWHT

CN70046P

( ) ( )

H1(PANEL SWITCH)

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

VIDEO

S VIDEO

R

L(MONO)

AUDIO

VIDEO 2INPUT

H3(VIDEO 2 IN)

FAC LINEFILTER

G(DTL MODULE POWER SUPPLY)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G



Supplied asthe block ass'y

for service. The parts

on this boardare not supplied

individually( )

– 38 –


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

CN7311MOLEX USBVERTICAL

CN730710P

CN7201USB

SERIES B

CN7203#

CN7204MS DUAL CONN

CN7202#

CN7952PCMCIA CARD

CN79515P

CN79045P

CN790040P

CN790110P

:ZH-SIDECN7902

10P

CN730580P

CN70140P

FE-S

DA

RESE

T-FE

GND

HA1

GND

HA0

GND

CS0

GND

HIRQ

#GN

D

HACK

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

FE-S

DATA

GND

GND

FE-V

ALGN

DFE

-SYN

C

FE-S

CLK

HD7

HD6

HD5

HD4

HD3

HD2

HD1

HD0

HRW

RESE

T209

9

FE-S

CL

GND

9V GND

5V GND

GND

3.3V

3.3V

GND

2.5V

PCI_AD28

PCI_AD26

PCI_AD18

PCI_AD30

PCI_AD24

PCI_AD22

PCI_AD21

PCI_AD16

PCI_AD25

PCI_C/BE3#

PCI_AD23

PCI_AD20

PCI_AD17

PCI_C/BE2#

PCI_AD29

PCI_AD27

PCI_AD19

+3.3V

PCI_STOP#

PCI_AD11

PCI_AD09

PCI_FRAME#

PCI_TRDY#

PCI_PAR

PCI_AD15

PCI_AD13

PCI_C/BE0#

+3.3V

PCI_PERR#

PCI_SERR#

PCI_C/BE1#

PCI_AD14

PCI_AD08

PCI_IRDY#

PCI_DEVSEL#

PCI_AD12

PCI_AD10

+3.3V

PCI_AD02

PCI_AD00

PCI_AD04

PCI_AD06

+3.3V

+5V

+2.5V

+2.5V

PCI_AD05

PCI_AD07

PCI_AD03

+3.3V

+5V

+2.5V

+2.5V

GND

PCI_AD31

PCI_INTB#

+3.3V

+5V

PCI_RESET#

PCI_INTA#

PCI_INTC#

+5V

+3.3V

PCI_AD01

PCI_REQ1#

PCI_GNT0#

PCI_GNT1#PCI_REQ0#

PCI_REQ2#

PCI_GNT2#PCI_CLKOUT2PCI_CLKOUT3

PCI_CLKOUT1

I2S_SCK_INI2S_SD_INI2S_WS_IN

DV656_D1DV656_D2DV656_D3DV656_D4DV656_D5DV656_D6DV656_D7

HSDI_2_CLKHSDI_2_D0

HSDI_2_VALHSDI_2_ERR

HSDI_2_SYNC

HSDI_1_D0

HSDI_1_ERRHSDI_1_VALHSDI_1_CLK

HSDI_1_SYNC/RESET_ICES

DV656_D0

DV656_CLKGND

SPARE

SPARESPARE

/RESETARM

SPARE

SPARE

SPARESPARESPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

AUD_EMPH

GND

TA-

GND

GND

GND

GND

TA+

TB-TB+

TC-TC+

TCLK-TCLK+

TD-TD+

TE-TE+

OSDG-OUT

OSDR-OUT

OSDB-OUT

GND

GNDGND

VS-IN

GNDYM-OUT

GND

YS-OUT

H-IN

GND-PR

GND-PB

PR-OUT

GND-RPB-OUT

GND-LY-OUT

GND-YAUDIO_ROUT

AUDIO_LOUT

VS-OUT

HS-OUT

GND

GNDGND

GND

TV_RXDTV_TXD

BOX_RST-IN

+9V+9V

+5V

GND

TXDBRXDB

3.3VIN

DGNDTX1OUT1-TX1OUT1+

TX1OUT0+TX1OUT0-

DGND

DGNDTX1CLK-TX1CLK+

DGND

TX1OUT2+TX1OUT2-

TX1OUT3-TX1OUT3+

GND

D-D+

VBUS

SHIELDSHIELD

SHIELD

FE-S

DA

RESE

T-FE

GND

HA1

GND

HA0

GND

CS0

GND

HIRQ

#GN

D

HACK

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

FE-S

DATA

GND

GND

FE-V

ALGN

DFE

-SYN

C

FE-S

CLK

HD7

HD6

HD5

HD4

HD3

HD2

HD1

HD0

HRW

RESE

T209

9

FE-S

CL

GND 9V

GND 5V

GND

GND

3.3V

3.3V

GND

2.5V

AFT_

MTU

1VGN

DTU

1RGN

DTU

1LGN

DSC

LSD

AAG

C_M

VCC

VCC

GND

GND

VPP

GND

GNDD3D4

MDO

3

CE1#

CD1#D5D6D7A10

A11

OE#

A9_D

RX

A8_C

RXA13

MCL

KO

WE#

IREQ

#

VCC

VCC

VCC

VPP-

1VP

P-1

MIV

AL

MCL

KI

A12

A7_Q

TX

A6_E

TX

A5_I

TX

A4_C

TXA3A2A0D0D1D2 A1

MDO

4

MDO

5

GND

MDO

6

MDO

7

CE2#

VS1#

GND

IORD

#

IOW

R#

MIS

TRT

GND

MDI

0

MDI

1

MDI

2

MDI

3

VCC

VCC

VPP-

2VP

P-2

VPP-

2

MDI

4

MDI

5

MDI

6

GND

MDI

7

VS2#

RESE

T

WAI

T#GN

D

INPA

CK#

REG#

MOV

AL

GND

MOS

TRT

MDO

0

MDO

1

MDO

2

CD2#

GND

11 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

IOIS

16#

GND

GND

GND

D3D4MDO

3

CE1#

CD1#

D5D6D7A10

A11

OE#

A9_D

RX

A8_C

RX

A13

MCL

KO

WE#

IREQ

#

VCC

VCC

VCC

VPP-

1VP

P-1

MIV

AL

MCL

KI

A12

A7_Q

TX

A6_E

TX

A5_I

TX

A4_C

TX

A3A2A0D0D1D2 A1 MDO

4

MDO

5

GND

MDO

6

MDO

7

CE2#

VS1#

GND

IORD

#

IOW

R#

MIS

TRT

GND

MDI

0

MDI

1

MDI

2

MDI

3

VCC

VCC

VPP-

2VP

P-2

VPP-

2

MDI

4

MDI

5

MDI

6

GND

MDI

7

VS2#

RESE

T

WAI

T#GN

D

INPA

CK#

REG#

MOV

AL

GND

MOS

TRT

MDO

0

MDO

1

MDO

2

CD2#

GND

IOIS

16#

GND

GND

B34

A34

B33

A33

B32

A32

B31

A31

B30

A30

B29

A29

B28

A28

B27

A27

B26

A26

B25

A25

B24

A24

B23

A23

B22

A22

B21

A21

B20

A20

B19

A19

B18

A18

B17

A17

B16

A16

B15

A15

B14

A14

B13

A13

B12

A12

B11

A11

B10

A10

B9 A9 B8 A8 B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1

B34A35B35A36B36A37B37A38B38A39B39A40B40

A34B33A33B32A32B31A31B30A30B29A29B28A28B27A27B26A26B25A25B24A24B23A23B22A22B21A21B20A20B19A19B18A18B17A17B16A16B15A15B14A14B13A13B12A12B11A11B10A10B9A9B8A8B7A7B6A6B5A5B4A4B3A3B2A2B1A1

B34A35B35A36B36A37B37A38B38A39B39A40B40

A34B33A33B32A32B31A31B30A30B29A29B28A28B27A27B26A26B25A25B24A24B23A23B22A22B21A21B20A20B19A19B18A18B17A17B16A16B15A15B14A14B13A13B12A12B11A11B10A10B9A9B8A8B7A7B6A6B5A5B4A4B3A3B2A2B1A1

B20A20B19A19B18A18B17A17B16A16B15A15B14A14B13A13B12A12B11A11B10A10B9A9B8A8B7A7B6A6B5A5B4A4B3A3B2A2B1A1

B20A20B19A19B18A18B17A17B16A16B15A15B14A14B13A13B12A12B11A11B10A10B9A9B8A8B7A7B6A6B5A5B4A4B3A3B2A2B1A1

GND

GND

GND

D3D4MDO

3

CE1#

CD1#

D5D6D7A10

OE#

MDO

4

MDO

5

MDO

6

MDO

7

CE2#

A11

A9_D

RX

A8_C

RX

A13

MCL

KO

WE#

IREQ

#

VCC

VS1#

IORD

#

IOW

R#

MIS

TRT

MDI

0

MDI

1

MDI

2

MDI

3

VCC

VPP-

1VP

P-2

MIV

AL

MCL

KI

A12

A7_Q

TX

A6_E

TX

MDI

4

MDI

5

MDI

6

MDI

7

VS2#

A5_I

TX

A4_C

TX

A3A2A0 A1 RESE

T

WAI

T#

INPA

CK#

REG#

MOV

AL

D0D1D2 MOS

TRT

MDO

0

MDO

1

MDO

2

CD2#

IOIS

16#

PCI_AD28

PCI_AD26

PCI_AD18

PCI_AD30

PCI_AD24

PCI_AD22

PCI_AD21

PCI_AD16

PCI_AD25

PCI_C/BE3#

PCI_AD23

PCI_AD20

PCI_AD17

PCI_C/BE2#

PCI_AD29

PCI_AD27

PCI_AD19

+3.3V

PCI_STOP#

PCI_AD11

PCI_AD09

PCI_FRAME#

PCI_TRDY#

PCI_PAR

PCI_AD15

PCI_AD13

PCI_C/BE0#

+3.3V

PCI_PERR#

PCI_SERR#

PCI_C/BE1#

PCI_AD14

PCI_AD08

PCI_IRDY#

PCI_DEVSEL#

PCI_AD12

PCI_AD10

+3.3V

PCI_AD02

PCI_AD00

PCI_AD04

PCI_AD06

+3.3V

+5V

+2.5V

+2.5V

PCI_AD05

PCI_AD07

PCI_AD03

+3.3V

+5V

+2.5V

+2.5V

GND

PCI_AD31

PCI_INTB#

+3.3V

+5V

PCI_RESET#

PCI_INTA#

PCI_INTC#

+5V

+3.3V

PCI_AD01

PCI_REQ1#

PCI_GNT0#

PCI_GNT1#PCI_REQ0#

PCI_REQ2#

PCI_GNT2#PCI_CLKOUT2PCI_CLKOUT3

PCI_CLKOUT1

GND

D-D+

VBUS

GND

GNDBS

DATA1DATA0DATA2

INSDATA3

SCLKVDD

ATSC

LAMP

MEMORYSTICK

VCC

VCC

GND

GND

VPP

I2S_SCK_INI2S_SD_INI2S_WS_IN

DV656_D1DV656_D2DV656_D3DV656_D4DV656_D5DV656_D6DV656_D7

HSDI_2_CLKHSDI_2_D0

HSDI_2_VALHSDI_2_ERR

HSDI_2_SYNC

HSDI_1_D0

HSDI_1_ERRHSDI_1_VALHSDI_1_CLKHSDI_1_SYNC/RESET_ICES

DV656_D0

DV656_CLKGND

SPARE

SPARESPARE

/RESETARM

SPARE

SPARE

SPARESPARESPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

AUD_EMPH

1234

1

123456789101112

1234567891011121314

1234567891011121314

1234567891011121314

151617

1234

1234

5678910

234

1

CN6902 1

CN6903 1

CN6904 1

CN6905 1

CN6906 1

CN6907 1

CN6908 1

CN6909 1

CN6910 1

CN6911 1

CN6913 1

CN6914 1

CN6915 1

CN6916 1

CN6917 1

1

2345678910

567

LVDSGNDTA1-TA1+LVDSGNDTB1-TB1+LVDSGNDTC1-TC1+LVDSGNDTCLK1-TCLK1+LVDSGNDTD1-TD1+LVDSGNDTE1-TE1+LVDSGNDLVDSGNDTA2-TA2+LVDSGNDTB2-TB2+LVDSGNDTC2-TC2+LVDSGNDTCLK2-TCLK2+LVDSGNDTD2-TD2+LVDSGNDTE2-TE2+HDMI_ERR

CN420238PBLK

TODSU (1/2)

3837363534333231302928272625242322212019181716151413121110987654321

LVDS_PDIRIS_FBIRIS_GAINIRIS_CTRLSDA1POW_CTLSCLKSENBGNDGNDSCL_EGNDSDA_EWP2GNDSENS_SDAGNDSENS_SCLGNDGND

CN795620P

CN690120P

2019181716151413121110987654321

LVDS_PDIRIS_FB

IRIS_GAINIRIS_CTRL

SDA1POW_CTL

SCLKSENBGNDGND

SCL_EGND

SDA_EWP2GND

SENS_SDAGND

SENS_SCLGNDGND

2019181716151413121110987654321

GND(HDMI_ERR)RE2+

RE-LVDSGND

RD2+RD2-

LVDSGNDRCLK2+RCLK2-

LVDSGNDRC2+RC2-

LVDSGNDRB2+RB2-

LVDSGNDRA2+RA2-

LVDSGNDLVDSGND

RE1+RE1-

LVDSGNDRD1+RD1-

LVDSGNDRCLK1+RCLK1-

LVDSGNDRC1+RC1-

LVDSGNDRB1+RB1-

LVDSGNDRA1+RA1-

LVDSGND

CN900038PBLK

3837363534333231302928272625242322212019181716151413121110987654321

123456789

10

CN795410P

CN690010PWHT

A16.5VGNDGNDD6.5VD6.5VD6.5VGNDGNDGNDGND

123456789

10

A16.5VGNDGND

D6.5VD6.5VD6.5V

GNDGNDGNDGND

GNDYGNDPBGNDPRGNDLRAGNDSDASCLRESET9V

CN795214PWHT

1413121110987654321

ATSC_A9VGNDATSC_11VATSC_11VGNDGNDGNDATSC_5VGNDATSC_RSTATSC_TXDATSC_RXD

CN795112P

121110987654321

DRIVE +DRIVE -HIN +HOUT +HIN -HOUT -DUMP -DUMP +

CN90508P

87654321

1234

CN6912XX

SET_5VESDA_ESCL_E

RED

GREEN

BLUE

GNDVCCTEST_ENTdatBUSYTMONGNDHCKVCKHSTVSTRSTRGTDWNVCCGNDVPCVCOMVDMYVCOMGNDSIG(0)SIG(1)SIG(2)SIG(3)SIG(4)SIG(5)SIG(6)SIG(7)SIG(8)SIG(9)SIG(10)SIG(11)SIG(12)SIG(13)SIG(14)SIG(15)SIG(16)SIG(17)SIG(18)SIG(19)SIG(20)SIG(21)SIG(22)SIG(23)GNDTOUTVDDVDDGND

CN940050PGRY

GNDVCCTEST_ENTdatBUSYTMONGNDHCKVCKHSTVSTRSTRGTDWNVCCGNDVPCVCOMVDMYVCOMGNDSIG(0)SIG(1)SIG(2)SIG(3)SIG(4)SIG(5)SIG(6)SIG(7)SIG(8)SIG(9)SIG(10)SIG(11)SIG(12)SIG(13)SIG(14)SIG(15)SIG(16)SIG(17)SIG(18)SIG(19)SIG(20)SIG(21)SIG(22)SIG(23)GNDTOUTVDDVDDGND

CN950050PGRY

GNDVCC

TEST_ENTdat

BUSYTMON

GNDHCKVCKHSTVSTRSTRGT

DWNVCCGNDVPC

VCOMVDMYVCOM

GNDSIG(0)SIG(1)SIG(2)SIG(3)SIG(4)SIG(5)SIG(6)SIG(7)SIG(8)SIG(9)

SIG(10)SIG(11)SIG(12)SIG(13)SIG(14)SIG(15)SIG(16)SIG(17)SIG(18)SIG(19)SIG(20)SIG(21)SIG(22)SIG(23)

GNDTOUTVDDVDDGND

CN960050PGRY

14151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

13121110987654321

14151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

13121110987654321

14151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

12345

123456789

12345678910111213141516171819

12345678910111213141516171819

13121110987654321

1413121110987654321

CN950119P

HPD

EDDC DATDDC CLK

CECCLK-

ECLK+

DO-E

D0+D1-

ED1+D2-

E

NC

DDC +5V

D2+

12345

FLAG

POWERSUPPLYBLOCK

D3.3VLAMP_ON

LAMP_POWER

F_GND

123

LAMP DC

LAMP GND

12

CN950214P

FI-E14S

DGNDTX1OUT1-TX1OUT1+

TX1OUT0+TX1OUT0-

DGND

DGNDTX1CLK-TX1CLK+DGND

TX1OUT2+TX1OUT2-

TX1OUT3-TX1OUT3+

1413121110987654321

J9503#

J95042P

CN9507#

ZH

CN95059PSR

CN950414P

SDATSCLK

LRCLKGND

SPDIF

GND

DEBUG1DEBUG2

P87P86P85NMI

VCC 3.3VRESET

HPD

EDDC DATDDC CLK

CECCLK-

ECLK+

DO-E

D0+D1-

ED1+D2-

ED2+

NC

DDC +5V

9VRESETSCLKSDATA GNDRLGNDPRGNDPBGNDYGND

HDMIIN 6

AUDIOIN

HDMIIN 7

HDMIIN 6

L

R

CN795380P

CN790380P

CASECASE 11

HM (XS)MEMORY

STICKI/F

QI(LINK/PHY)

QT

QU (CABLE CARD)

QMVIDEO/AUDIO DEC,

VIDEO CAPTURE GRAPHIC SCALER CN60280P

CN730640P

MAIN TUNER

OOB MAIN

I.LINK

i.S400

TS/DV/MICROMV/

HDV

TS/DV/MICROMV/

HDV

I.LINK S400

CN702

CN704

CN703

DIGITALAUDIO

(OPTICAL)OUT

PCM/DOLBYDIGITAL

CN7312

CN730840P

CN7304LVDS OUT

JAE FI-X20S-HF

CN730214P

S14B-PHDSSPHD-L

CN730912PWHT

PHD-LCN730010P

PHD-L

CN73034P

BLKJIG2

SERVICEONLY

CN731314P

FI-E14S-R1500

CN950019P

PDHDMI

RECEIVERLCDDSU

C (LCD DRIVER)

( )

(

(

( )

)

)

F

G

B C

D

E

A

Cable CARD

Supp

lied

as th

e AS

U/DS

U bl

ock

ass'

y fo

r ser

vice

. T

he p

arts

on

this

boa

rd a

re n

ot s

uppl

ied

indi

vidu

ally

()

Supplied as the optics block ass'y for service. The parts on this board are not supplied individually( )

Supp

lied

as th

e bl

ock

ass'

y fo

r ser

vice

. T

he p

arts

on

this

boa

rd a

re n

ot s

uppl

ied

indi

vidu

ally

()



Supp

lied

as th

e Q

box

ass'

y fo

r ser

vice

. T

he p

arts

on

this

boa

rd a

re n

ot s

uppl

ied

indi

vidu

ally

()

– 39 –


Reference informationRESISTOR : RN METAL FILM

: RC SOLID: FPRD NONFLAMMABLE CARBON: FUSE NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE: RW NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND: RS NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE: RB NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT

COIL : LF-8L MICRO INDUCTORCAPACITOR : TA TANTALUM

: PS STYROL: PP POLYPROPYLENE: PT MYLAR: MPS METALIZED POLYESTER: MPP METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE: ALB BIPOLAR: ALT HIGH TEMPERATURE: ALR HIGH RIPPLE

4-3. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

Note:• The parts marked “#” on schematic diagrams are not mounted.• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. (pF: µµF)

Capacitors without voltage indication are all 50 V.• Indication of resistance, which does not have one for rating

electrical power, is as follows.

Pitch: 5 mmRating electrical power 1/4 W (CHIP : 1/10 W)

• All resistors are in ohms.• : nonflammable resistor.• 5 : fusible resistor.

• : internal component.• : panel designation, and adjustment for repair.• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,

unless otherwise noted.• : earth-ground.• : earth-chassis.• All voltages are in V.• Readings are taken with a 10 MΩ digital multimeter.• Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input.• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production

tolerances.• * : Can not be measured.• Circled numbers are waveform references.• : B + bus.• : B – bus.

• F : Signal path.

4-4. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

V

V

G

D

S

B1 E1C2

B2 C1E2

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

qa

qs

qf

qh

qj

qk

–

1

G

D

S

B2 E2C1

B1 C2E1

B2 E2C1

B1 C2E1

B2 E2C1

B1 C2E1

ql

B1 E1E2

C1(B2)C2

w;

B1E2

C1C2

ws

wd

(B2)E1

(B2)E1

E2B1

C2C1

wa

B1

E1

C2

B2

C1

E2

G

S S

D

G

D

B1

E1

C2

B2

C1

E2

B1

E2

C2C1(B2)

E2

B1

C1

C2E1(B2)

C2

B1

C1

E2E1(B2)

C2

B1

C1

E2

B2

E1

C2

Ver.1.5

Transistor(FET)

Transistor

Transistor

Transistor

Transistor

Transistor

Transistor

Transistor

Transistor

Transistor

Discrete semiconductot

(Chip semiconductors that are not actually used are included.)

Diode

Diode

Diode

Diode

Diode

Diode

Diode

Diode

Diode

Diode

Source

Source

Anode Anode

(NC)

(NC)

Cathode

AnodeCathode

Common

Cathode Cathode

Common

Cathode Cathode

Common

Common

Common

Common

Cathode

Anode

Base Emitter

Collector

Base Emitter

Collector

Drain

Gate

Gate

Drain

Device Printed symbol Terminal name Circuit

Terminal name of semiconductors in silk screenprinted circuit ( )

Anode

Anode

Anode Cathode

Anode Anode

Cathode

qd

Transistor(FET)

Transistor(FET)

qg

EmitterCollectorBase

Transistor

Source

GateDrain

Cathode

AnodeAnode

CathodeAnodeAnode

*

Note: The components identified by shading and mark0 are critical for safety. Replace only with partnumber specified.

Note: Les composants identifies par une trame et unemarque 0 sont critiques pour la securite.Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant lenumero specifie.

G

S1

F

ASU

PD QM

DSUQU

T3T1

Power SupplyBlock

H2

H1

S2

QTQI

CAK

H3

KHM

– 40 –


(1) Schematic Diagram of AK Board

24.576MHzX2600

JL2602

JL2601

JL2610

1608

16V0.1

B

C2675

JL2618

JL2640

JL2603

JL2600

JL2637

JL2608

JL2609

JL2617

DTC114EUA-T106Q2602

1608

16V0.1

B

C2622

JL2619

1608

25V0.01

B

C2621

1608

50V10p

CH

C2608

JL2604

1608

50V10p

CH

C2609

SN74LVC2GU04DCKR

AK BOARD (DIGITAL AUDIO I/F)

IC2612

JL2605

JL2631

JL2615

JL2639

160816V

0.1B

C2605

JL2638

JL2606

JL2613

SN74LVC1G08DCKRIC2614

JL2657

16V0.1

B

C2764

16V0.1

B

C276325V0.01

C2761

25V0.01

C2762

16V100

C2632

16V100

C2629

16V0.1

B

C2631

16V0.1

B

C2630

JL2648

OF_FLAG001:8C

IC2600LC89056W-E

1608

16V0.1

B

C2768

JL2656

1608

16V0.1

B

C2765

1608

25V0.015

B

C2766

1608

16V0.1

B

C2767

1608

16V0.1

B

C2758

VCC_

DET

001:

7D

1608

10V0.47

B

C2633

VCC_DET 001:4A

R3112N421A-TR-FA IC2602

0uHFB2602

0uHFB2603

0uHFB2604

1608

0uHFB2605

0uHFB2608

0uHFB2609

0uHFB2610

PQ070XZ01ZPH3.3V REG.

IC2603

XXR2788

1/10WRN-CP

10R2639

1/10W

RN-CP

100R2635

XXR2710

1/10WRN-CP

1kR2714

1/10W

RN-CP5.6k

R2682

CHIP0

R2645

CHIP0

R2764

0R2621

CHIP0

R2746

1/10WRN-CP

1MR2611

1/10WRN-CP

470kR2642

1/10WRN-CP

470R2614

R2728XX

CHIP0

R2602

CHIP0

R2744

CHIP0

R2789

CHIP0

R2643

1/10WRN-CP

47R2610

CHIP0

R2765

100R2679

1/10WRN-CP100

R2636

CHIP0

R2763

1/10WRN-CP

3.3kR2715

0R2721

CHIP

0R2719

CHIP

XXR2787

RN-CP

R269610k

1/10W

0R2720

CHIP

1/10W4.7kR2681

1/10WRN-CP47

R2713

33kR2680

RN-CP

R271810k

1/10W

1/10WRN-CP

100R2711

CHIP0R2745

CHIP0

R2723

1/10WRN-CP

3.3kR2716

CHIP0

R2632

CHIP0

R2717

1/10WRN-CP

100R2628

1/10WRN-CP

100R2623

XXR2638

CHIP0

R2781

CHIP0

R2603

CHIP0

R2730

CHIP 0R2601

1/10WRN-CP

10kR2724

1/10WRN-CP

8.2k

R2725

JL2658

SP_PROT001:8C

SCLATCH001:8C

SCDT

001:8C

SCSHIFT001:8C

BCK 001:8D

DATA 001:8D

LRCK 001:8D

CKOUT 001:8D

SUB_3.3

SUB_3.3

SUB_3.3

20PCN2603

SN74LVC1G08DCKRIC2601

SUB_3.3

1/10WRN-CP

10kR2620

1/10WRN-CP

5%

100R2627

3.3V_SW 001:8C

R2604XX

R2605XX

0R2606

CHIP

XMODE 001:8C

JL2616

TP2600

JL2620

CHIP0R2607

CHIP0R2608

CHIP0R2609

CHIP0R2612

CHIP0R2613

CHIP0R2726

CHIP0R2615

CHIP0R2616

CHIP0R2617

CHIP0R2618

CHIP0R2619

3.3V_SW001:4B

SP_PROT001:4D

SCSHIFT001:4D

SCLATCH001:4D

XMODE001:4D

OF_FLAG001:4D

SCDT001:4D

DATA001:6HLRCK001:6H

BCK001:6H

CKOUT001:6H

TP2601

6.3V100

C2757

100C2760

F

52

A

41

H

E

G

D

8

C

7

B

963

WHT15P

CN2604

0uHFB2611

XXR2727

MAZF04700LS0D2601

160816V0.1B

C2692

1608

16VB

C27690.1 CHIP0R2722

7PCN2600

1/10W

RN-CP5%22

R2790

1

2

1 2 3

456

1A GND

2A2YVC

CIY

543

21

A

B

GND Y

VCC1

23

45

67

89

1011

12

131415161718192021222324

2526

2728

2930

3132

3334

3536

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

DISEL(I)

SPDIF(O)

DIN0(I)

DIN1(I)

DIN2(I)

DGND

DVDD

R(I)

VIN(I)

LPF(I)

AVDD

AGNDCKOU

T(O)

BLK(

O)

LRCK

(O)

DATA

(O)

XSTA

TE(O

)

DGND

DVDD

XMCK

(O)

XOUT

(O)

XIN(

I)

EMPH

A(O)

AUDI

O-(O

)

CSFLAG(O)

F0(O)

F1(O)

F2(O)

VF(O)

DVDD(O)

DGND(O)

LOCK(O)

BPSYNC(O)

ERROR(O)

DO(O)

DI(I)

CE(I)

CL(I)

XSEL

(I)

MOD

E0(I)

MOD

E1(I)

DGND

DVDD

DOSE

L0(I)

DOSE

L1(I)

CKSE

L0(I)

CKSE

L1(I)

XMOD

E(I)

543

21

RESET

VCC

GND NC

1 2 3 4 5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

GND

GND

DAT_D

SLK_D

CH_M/S_SW

CH_IIC_SW

SP_PROT

A_MUTE

OF_FLAG

3.3V_SW

CH_WP

CH_RST

M_RST

SCLTCH

AMP_RST

SCLTCH2

SCDT

SCSHIFT

GND

GND

543

21

A

B

GND Y

VCC

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

CKOUT

GND

BCK

LRCK

DIR-DATA

XMODE

SCLTCH

OF_FLAG

SCDT

GND

SCSHIFT

AMP_RST

SP_PROT

A_MUTE

3.3V_SW

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

5.0V

GND

SUB11V

GND

SPDIF+/NC

SPDIF-

GND

RESET DELAY

DIR 3.3V

– 41 –


(2) Schematic Diagram of F Board

1

E

2 43 5

A

B

6

C

7

D

B

A C

D

FH6002

FH6001

F BOARD (AC LINE FILTER)

1

2

AC(L)

AC(N)

2PCN6001

1

CN6051

E

1

CN6052

E

CAM001 CAM002

1

CN6053

E

1

CN6054

E

JL6003

JL60040.5WRN

1.5MR6002

XXR6001

250V6.3A

F60010.5WRN

R60631.5M

5%

XXR6056

XXR6055

XXR6054

VD6001

275VPT

1C6002

A

B

XXC6016

B

A

XXR6052

XXR6051

XXR6053

14

23

250VPT

0.22C6004

C

L6002

250V470p

B

C6005

C

D

250V470p

B

C6006XX

R6062

XXR6061

XXR6060

DL6003

1 234

XXR6057

XXR6058

XXR6059

XXC6014

XXC6015

VD6002

XXC6017

XXC6018 D

XXC6019

C

JL6001

JL6002

2PCN6018

TOG BOARDCN6014AC(N)

AC(L)

1

2AC IN120V AC 60Hz

– 42 –


(3) Schematic Diagram of G (1/3) Board

102.3102.3

3.43.4

00.4

3.3

0

0

0.5

3.3

10.3

2.40

2.5

2.1

3.3

11.6

0

3.0

11.7

7.0

7.5

3.53.7

11.7

3.6

7.4

3.1

11.7

7.5

0

1.9

10.9

0

7.43.3

0.6 0

3.5

0.6

11.7

0

0

* 11.6

0.7

11.0

11.7

0

2.5

0

00

19.7 -0.619.719.8

19.8

19.7

19.1

0.2

-2.2

0.6

0

1.1

19.7

0 12.0

12.0

12.0

0

3.53.7

-0.9

6.0

19.7

0.6

0.1

*: Cannot measure

J

8 10 14

B

K

11 15

G

1

D

L

4 12

E

2 6 7 133

F

5

H

I

A

9

C XXC6007

XXC6009

250V470p

B

C6218

1kV470p

SL

C6231

1kV470p

SL

C6232

1kV470p

SL

C6236

1kV470p

SL

C6237

2012

50V

0.04

7B

C620

2

50V

0.04

7B

C623

0

2012

16V

0.47

BC6

208

25V47

C6248

25V220C6222

35V100

C6253

1C6251

50V

C62474.7

50V10

C6228

2012

50V

0.1

BC6

206

2012

50V0.1

B

C6223

25V

1000

pCH

C622

9

50V

470pC6217

1608

50V1000p

B

C6215

50V1000p

B

C6221

1608

50V1000p

B

C6239

160850V

1000pB

C6243

1608

25V0.01

B

C6240

1608

25V0.01

B

C6244

1608

25V0.01

B

C6250

1608

25V0.01

B

C6252

160825V0.01

B

C6254

1608

25V0.01

B

C6001

XXC6255

1608

25V0.01B

C6256

2012

50V0.01B

C6216

2012

50V0.01

B

C6225

50V0.022 BC6220

2012

50V0.022

B

C6226

201250V

0.022B

C6234

50V

1500

pCH

C623

3

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6119

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6120

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6121

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6122

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6123

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6124

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6262

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6263

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6264

1/10

WRN

-CP

10R6

277

1/10WRN-CP

470R6602

1/10W1k

R6268

1/10WRN-CP

1kR6273

1/10WRN-CP

2.2kR6216

1/10WRN-CP

2.2kR6227

1/10WRN-CP4.7k

R6238

1/10W4.7kR6242

1/10

WRN

-CP

4.7k

R627

4

1/10WRN-CP

4.7kR6275

1/10WRN-CP

4.7kR6279

1/10WRN-CP

4.7kR6280

1/10WRN-CP

4.7kR6002

1/10WRN-CP

5.6kR6220

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6230

1/10

WRN

-CP

10k

R623

2

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6240

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6243

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6256

1/10W10k

R6259

1/10W10k

R6260

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6267

1/10W10k

R6281

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6285

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6287

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6288

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6289

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6291

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6294

1/10

W15

kR6

251

1/10WRN-CP

15kR6001

1/10WRN-CP

22kR6222

1/10WRN-CP

22kR6241

1/10W22kR6252

1/10WRN-CP

22kR6265

1/10WRN-CP

22kR6293

1/10WRN-CP

47kR6258

1/10WRN-CP

47kR6271

1/10WRN-CP

47kR6276

1/10WRN-CP

47kR6286

1/10WRN-CP

47kR6290

1/10WRN-CP

150kR6266

XXR6221

1/10W220k

R6239

1/10

WRN

-CP

220k

R627

8

1/10

WRN

-CP

1MR6

202

1/10WRN-CP

1MR6219

XXR6295

1/10WRN-CP

220R6283

1/10WRN-CP

1.5kR6245

1/10WRN-CP

2.2kR6284

1/10WRN-CP

4.7kR6282

1/10WRN-CP

8.2kR6246

1/10

WRN

-CP

18k

R621

1

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6207

XXR6

296

1kRV6201

2WRS

22R6253

2WRS

22R6254

5WRB

0.05R6223

5WRB

0.05R6224

1/4WRN

220kR6204

1/4WRN

220kR6208

1/4WRN

220kR6212

1/4WRN

330kR6205

1/4WRN

330kR6209

1/4WRN

330kR6210

1/4WRN

330kR6213

1/4WRN

330kR6214

1/4W10

R6233

FPRD

1/4W10

R6237

1/4W10

R6292

FPRD

1/4WFPRD

47R6234

TH6201

SF20L60U-4015D6217

MA113-(TX)D6212

MA113-(TX)D6213

D15XB60D6205

MA3J142E0LSOD6219

RM11AD6201

RM11AD6208

RM11AD6216

2SD2114KT146Q6001

2SA1576A-T106-QRQ6208

2SA1576A-T106-QRQ6213

Q621

3

2SA1576A-T106-QRQ6216

2SB1121-S-TDQ6203

2SD1621S-TD-EQ6205

2SC4081T106RQ6204

2SC4081T106RQ6209

2SC4081T106R

Q6210

2SC4081T106RQ6211

2SC4

081T

106R

Q621

2

2SC4081T106RQ6215

1413

1211

109

871

23

45

6

BA10324AF-E2IC6203

JL6005

JL6006

JL6007

JL6008

JL6009

JL6010

P-SW- 002:15E

RLY_ON001:13H;002:3F

THRU_5V002:13D;002:15B

STBY5V002:15E;003:8C

12345

PQ12DZ5UJ00HIC6201

VCC

CTL

OUT

NCGND

2SA1576A-T106-QR

Q6217

PRI_VCC 003:1B

RLY_ON 001:10B;002:3F

PRI_GND 001:11E;002:4F;002:4H;003:3C

PRI_VCC1 002:3F

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6247

1/10WRN-CP

100kR62481/10W

RN-CP

100kR6249

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6116

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6117

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6118

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6113

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6114

1/10WRN-CP

100kR6115

1615

1413

1211

1098

76

54

32

1

UC3854BNIC6202

1/10WRN-CP

22kR6236

1/10WRN-CP

22kR6228

1/10WRN-CP

1kR6269

1/10W1k

R6270

2012

50V0.01

B

C6246

201250V0.01

B

C6245

201250V0.01

B

C6241

1/10W1k

R6257

1/10WRN-CP

6.8kR6244

AC<N> 003:1C

AC<L>

TOF BOARDCN6018

003:1C

PRI_GNDGND_3

1/10WRN-CP

1k

1

2

4

3

1

2

4

3

1

2

4

3

R6601

MM

3Z7V

5T1

D620

9

UDZS

TE-1

77.5

BD6

202

MMDL914T1D6021

MMDL914T1D6203

MMDL914T1

D6206

MMDL914T1D6001

MMDL914T1

D6218

10WRB

3.3R6005

10WRB

3.3R6006

1608

50V100p

CH

C6213

2012

50V0.1

B

C6227

25V100C6219

1/10WRN-CP

1kR6217

XXC6211

XXC6201

1/10WRN-CP

R6250100k

RY6002

RY6001

XXR6126

XXR6127

JL6011

JL6012

JL6013

JL6016

JL6017CHIP0

R6603

ERA22-08KFLBD6225

ERA22-08KFLBD6226

450VMPS

1C6212

XXC6

257

1/10WRN-CP

47kR6125

1/10W15k

R6218

2SB1122-ST-TD-EQ6218

UDZSTE-177.5BD6204

1/10WRN-CP

100R6261

50V4.7

C6249

10kR6272

1/10W

1 2

143uHL6202

UMZ16NT106D6214

UMZ16NT106D6215

450V470C6242450V470

C6238

PFC_OUT

002:4C;002:4G

PRI_GND 001:12H;002:4F;002:4H;003:3C

1

2

2PCN6014

AC(N)

AC(L)

3

1

2 HA17

431P

A-TZ

IC62

04

PFC_DET002:15D

1/10WRN-CP

5%

10kR6235

1/10WRN-CP

5%

3.3kR6297

1/10WRN-CP

5%

2.2kR6298

5WRF

2.2R6007

DTC114EUA-T106

Q6202

DTC114EUA-T106Q6214

DTC114EUA-T106Q6201

0uHFB6001

0uHFB6002

160850V0.01

F

C6002

0VPT1

C6008

S

2SK3934(LBS1SONY.QQ6206

S

2SK3934(LBS1SONY.Q

Q6207

XXC6214

1/10WRN-CP

5%

2.2MR6299

1/16

WRN

-CP

0.5%

150k

R620

3

2012

50V

0.02

2B

C620

5

BAT54HT1D6207

BAT54HT1D6210

BAT54HT1D6211

PC123GY2PH6202

PC123GY2PH6203

PC123GY2PH6201

1

2

3 12

6

5

7

14

13

10

11

8

L620358uH

1

2

3 12

6

5

7

14

13

10

11

8

L620458uH

450VPT

C62581

450VPT

1C6259

1 2 5 6

12 10 8 7

L6201XX

250V4700p

F

C6203

250V4700p

F

C6204

250V4700p

F

C6209

250V4700p

F

C6210

1

2

3

CN60153P

THRMO1

NC

THRMO2

1/4W22

R6225

FPRD

1/4W22

R6229

FPRD

1/10WRN-CP

27R6226

1/10W27

R6231

S

2SK1590-T1BQ6219

JL6014

JL6015

G (1/3) BOARD(POWER SUPPLY)

R6206330k1/4WRN

2012

50V0.01

B

C6235

PRI_GND

1/10WCHIP

1MR6215

GND_3

1/10WCHIP

5%

1MR6201

2012

50V0.01

B

C6260PRI_GND

2012

50VB

C62070.01

Mount Mecha 408720621A6003 D6217<1>

Mount Mecha 408175931A6009 D6205<1>

Mount Mecha 234571901A6002 Q6206-Q6207-TH6201<1>

1/10WCHIP

1MR6255

– 43 –



2.2

3.9

2.4

2.7

0

191.4 191.4

373.4

186.6

186.6

196.8

4.8

4.8

3.3

10.4

2.5

9.4

7.5

10.72.6

0

2.7

0

2.7

20.1

6.2

4.7

4.1

16.3

4.8

32.9

0.1

4.8

10.3

9.0

18.3

4.8

10.4

6.4

9.0

4.8

4.1

1.1

2421

2223

12

34

56

78

910

1920

1413

1211

1817

1516

CXD9841MIC6301

VSENSE

F/B

CT

NC

RT

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

TIMER

NC

SS

VC1

OCP VC2

P-GND

NC

VG(L)

VB

VS

VG(H)

VD

450VPT

0.47C6301

1/4W10

R6301

FPRD

1/2WRF

0.1R6302

1/10WRN-CP

5.6kR6303

1/4WRN

470kR6305

XXR6310

1608

25V0.01

B

C6302

220uHL6301

1608

50V1000p

CH

C6306

1/10WRN-CP

18kR6307

XXR6343

MM3Z15VT1D6302

50V10

C6307

50V4.7

C6304

201250V0.1B

C6308

UMZ16NT106

D6306

UMZ16NT106D6307

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6314

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6315

S

2SK3568(LBS2SONY1Q)Q6301

1/4WRN

470kR6306

1608

25V0.01

B

C6311

XXC6312

25V47

C6313

UF4005PKG23

D6305

XXC6316

1kV470p

SL

C6317

1kVPP

0.027C6318

2WRS

0.22R6318

1/2W10

R631610ERB20-TB3

D630835V100

C6315

1/10WRN-CP

1kR6308

XXC6320

PRI_VCC1001:11G

2SC4081T106RQ6303

2SA1576A-T106-QRQ6304

1608

25V0.01

B

C6314

25V0.01

B

C6319

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6304

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6317

1/10WRN-CP

1kR6319

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6321

AC_RLY002:15D

RLY_ON001:10B;001:13H

1/10WRN-CP

1kR6402

CHIP0

R6403

1/10WRN-CP

1kR6404

1/10WRN-CP

1kR6407

D6402 XX

D6404XX

D6405 XX

D6403XX

XXR6401

XXC6402

XXR6405

XXR6408

XXR6409

Q6405XX

XXC6409

XXR6421

XXR6422

D6409XX

XXC6404

XXC6403

XXL6400

32V 002:15E

18V 002:15B

6.5V002:15D

SUB_11V002:15C

SW_9V002:15B

THRU_5V001:10B;002:15B

1.1uHFB6401

1.1uHFB6402 XX

C6410

1/10WRN-CP

4.7R6406

XXR6410

25V

C64431000

1/10WRN-CP

47kR6414

AU_VCC002:14F

AU_GND002:14F

1 2 3 4

PQ09RD21IC6401

I D G VC

XXC6424

XXC6425 16V

220C6426

16V220

C6427

16V1000

C6414

10V1000

C6413

XXC6416

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6423

XXR6451

PFC_OUT001:11D;002:4G

PRI_GND001:11E;001:12H;002:4H;003:3C

3

1

2

MM1431ATTIC6405

160816V

0.047B

C6406

1/10WRN-CP

4.7kR6411

1/10WRN-CP

15kR6412

CHIP0

R64131/10WRN-CP

1kR6450

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6454

MM3Z11VT1D6416

MMDL914T1D6418

AU_VCC002:11D

AU_GND002:11E

JL6407

JL6408JL6409

JL64

10

JL64

11

JL64

12

JL64

13

JL64

14

JL64

15

100uHL6302

12

1/2WRF

0.1R6322

450VPT

1C6321

PFC_OUT001:11D;002:4C

PRI_GND001:11E;001:12H;002:4F;003:3C

35V47

C6305

1/10WRN-CP

100R6309

1/10WRN-CP

120R6313

100uHL6502

25V1000

C6503

16.5V 002:15F1608

50V1000p

B

C6309

C6415XX

3.3uHL6501

S3L20UF4D6501

25V0.22 B

C6310

A900:4B

BAT5

4HT1

D631

1

A

4

H

11

B

5

I

12

C

6

J

13

D

7 141

E

8 152

F

93

G

10

1/6W22

R6311

RF

CHIP0

R6426

50V0.01

B

C6332

1/10W1M

R6341

1/6W22

R6312

RF

REC_ON 002:15E

PFC_DET001:12J

AC_RLY002:4F

32V002:11B

P-SW-001:9A

STBY5V001:13E;003:8C

REC_ON002:14F

6.5V002:11C

SUB_11V002:11D

18V002:11C

SW_9V

CHIP0

R6455

THRU_5V001:10B;002:13D

C6431XX

M1FS4-4063D6312

50V

C64330.01

50VF

C64320.01

1608

50VF

C64300.01

1608

50VF

C64290.01

1608

50VF

C64170.01

1.1uHFB6301

50V470p

CH

C6436

50V470p

CH

C6437

50V470p

CH

C6438

50V470p

C6439

50V470p

C6442

1608

50V470p

CH

C6445

1608

50V470p

CH

C6446

1608

50V470p

CH

C6447

1608

50V470p

CH

C6448

50V470p

C6449

1608

50V470p CHC6450

1608

50V470p

CH

C6451

1608

50V470p

CH

C6452

1608

50V470p

CH

C6453

1608

50V470p

CH

C6454

50V470p

C6455

10uHL6407

CHIP0

R6325

M1FM3D6309

S

2SK3568(LBS2SONY1Q)

Q6302

L640110uH

10uHL6402

D10S

C6M

D641

0

50V470p

C6456

50V470pC6423

16.5V002:10E

50V0.01

C6411

1.1uHFB6403

1.1uHFB6404

D10SC6MD6401

1 2

3

D10S

C6M

D640

6

D10SC6MD6408

PC123GY2PH6301

1

23

4

D4SBS6D6407

1

3

WHT3PCN6501

3P

LAMP DC

LAMP GND

10V1500

C640710V1500

C6435

25V1000

C6405

16V1500

C6408

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

50PBLK

SW9V

SW9V

GND

GND

18V

THRU5V

GND

GND

SUB11V

SUB11V

SUB11V

SUB11V

SUB11V

SUB11V

SUB11V

GND

GND

GND

GND

GNDGND

SUB6.5V

GND

SUB6.5V

SUB6.5V

SUB6.5V

GND

GNDGND

GND

AC_RLY

PFC_DET

GND

GND

GND

GND

REC_ON

GND

GND

+B_OVP

STBY5V

GND

P-SW(-)

Tu32V

GND

GND

GND

GND

A16.5V

A16.5V

1

2

10

11

7

9

12

13

14

4

8

15

16

6

T6302

1

2

3

4

5

5PCN6408

AUDIO_VCC

AUDIO_VCC

NC

AUDIO_GND

AUDIO_GND

XXR6400

1/10WRN-CP0.5%

1kR6415

1/10WRN-CP0.5%

1kR6416

1/10WRN-CP0.5%

2.2kR6417

JL6020

JL6021

JL6022

JL6023

JL6024

JL6025

JL6026

JL6027

JL6028

JL6029

JL6030

JL6031

JL6032 JL6033

JL6034 JL6035

JW6401JW6402

1 2 3 4

PQ30RV11J00HIC6402

VC


CN6502

CHIP

0

R6427

CHIP

0

R6428

Mount Mecha 217781001A6007 IC6402<1>

Mount Mecha 403343901A6008 IC6401<1>

Mount Mecha 407730551A6005 D6401-D6406-D6408-D6410<1>

Mount Mecha 234989201A6004 Q6301<1>-Q6302<1>

Mount Mecha 234989201A6006 D6407<1>

– 44 –



156.2

3.3

2.4

1.01.0

16.7

0

155.7

155.7

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6110

1/10WRN-CP

470R6108

1/4W10

R6105

FPRD

RN-CP

220R6104

1/10W

CHIP0

R6111

2kV47p

SL

C6105

XXC6110

1WRS

2.2R6101

MM1431ATTIC6102

1/10WRN-CP

10kR6112

XXC6112

1/4WFPRD

1R6102

XXC6109

1608

16V0.1

B

C6114

XXC6108

TH6101

1608

50V1000p

B

C6119

1/10WRN-CP

33kR6109

250V470p

B

C6111

AC<L>001:5C

D2SB60A-F04D6100

AC<N>001:5C

STR-A6169IC6101

PRI_VCC001:13G

PRI_GND

001:11E;001:12H;002:4F;002:4H

JL6053STBY5V001:13E;002:15E

50V4.7

C6117

10V100

C6115

50V2.2

C6118

16V470

C6113

ERA22-08KFLBD6102

XXC6122

XXC6123

4

D

5 6 71

A

2

B

3

C

250V4700p

F

C6102

500V470p

C6107

R 1/2W330k

R6103

10ERB20-TB3

D6106

MM

3Z5V

6ST1D6

101

PC123GY2PH6101

1/10WRN-CP

1.5kR6107

D1NS6-TRD6105

10uHL6101

1/4W2.2

R6106

FPRD

T6101

10ERB20-TB3D6103

10ERB20-TB3D6104

450V22

C6106

50V100

C6116

250V4700pC6101

F

3

1

2

8 7 6 5

4321

10

9

3

2

11

1

4

6

8

12

15

16


– 45 –


(6) Schematic Diagram of HM Board

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

L7201

C7205

D7202

IC7201

C7211

FB7201

FB7202

FB7203

C7217

D7210

C7209

D7212

Q7202

R7226 R7227

R7228

R7229

TO QM BOARD

C7224

CN7204

R7231

R7234

C7203

C7204

C7206

C7207

C7208 C7210

C7212 C7213

C7215 C7216

C7218 C7219 C7220 C7221

D7201

Q7201

R7201

R7202

R7203

R7204

R7206

R7209

R7210

R7211

R7212

R7214

R7215

R7216 R7217 R7221

R7222

R7223

R7224

R7225

JL7201

JL7202JL7203

JL7204

JL7205

JL7206

IC7203

C7214

C7222

C7223

CN7203

R7230

X7201

IC7202

R7219

R7218

CN7202

VD7201

BK1608TS601

BK1608TS601

BK1608TS601

L-1503CB/1ID

XC6204B332MR3.3V LDO

4.76.3V

B:CHIP

16.3V

B:CHIP

0.0125V

B:CHIP

16.3V

B:CHIP

2SD601A

0:CHIP

0:CHIP

0:CHIP

1k:CHIP

VIDEO, AUDIO DEC.VIDEO CAPTURE GRAPHIC SCALER

CN7311

0.125V

F:CHIP

MS DUAL CONN

TOMEMORY STICK

2.2k:CHIP

100:1608

5pCH:CHIP

6pCH:CHIP

0.0125V

B:CHIP

0.116V

B:CHIP

0.0125V

B:CHIP

0.116V

B:CHIP

125V

B:CHIP

0.01B:CHIP

0.125V

F:CHIP

0.0125V

B:CHIP

0.125V

F:CHIP

0.125V

F:CHIP

0.125V

F:CHIP

0.125V

F:CHIP

MA153-TX

2SB709A-QRS-TX

01/16W:CHIP

Bk1608HS601

22k1/16W:CHIP

1001/16W:CHIP

1M1/16W:CHIP

Bk1608HS601

331/16W:CHIP

1k 1/16W :CHIP

331/16W:CHIP

1.5k1/16W:CHIP Bk1608HS601

1k1/16W:CHIP

1k1/16W:CHIP

1k1/16W:CHIP

1501/16W:CHIP

100

100 1/16W :CHIP

100 1/16W :CHIP

#

##

#

#

#

M24128-BWMN6T(A)

UDZSTE-173.9B

UDZSTE-173.9B

#B:1608

#CH:1608

#CH:1608

#

#:1608

48MHz

90C36LC1B-LFMS-USB

4701/10W:1608

4.7k1/10W:1608

#

#:1608

MS_BUS

MS_SCLK

MS_INS

MS_DATA0

+3.3VD

+3.3VD

+3.3VD

+3.3VD

+3.3VD

( (

(MEMORY STICK I/F)

– 46 –


(7) Schematic Diagram of H1 Board

1 2 43 5

A

B

6

C

D

S7002

H1 BOARD (PANEL SWITCH)

XXR7006

R7007XX

S7001S7003

470R7001

S7000

1/10WRN-CP

680R7002

0.5%1/10WRN-CP

1kR7003

0.5%

2.2kR7004

1/10WRN-CP

4.7kR7005

S7004 S7005

1608

25V0.1

B

C7000

VDR001XX

D7000XX

D7001

GND

KEY

GND

1

2

3

WHT3P

CN7000

TO A BOARD

– 47 –



81

E

2 43 5

A

B

6

C

7

D

543

21

5 4

321

VCC

OUT

GND

H2 BOARD(SIRCS, LED)

GP1UE26SXKOFIC7020

1/10WRN-CP

5%

47R7036

C7020

25VF

1608

0.1

R7020

1/10W

5%RN-CP

1.5k

C702110

R7021

CHIP0

D7021XX

10uHL7000

1608

25V0.1

F

C703410V22

C7033

1/10WRN-CP

5%

470kR7041

160850V0.01 FC7032

1608

25V0.1F

C7031

10V22

C7030

TAR5S33(TE85R)IC7022

S7020

RD6.2SB-T1D7025

C70230.0150V

F1608

TC7SET32FU(T5RSOJF)IC7021

D7020XX XX

R7040

SML-020MVT-T86D7022

GR

STBY_RED POWER_GREEN

R702210k

1/10W

5%RN-CP

C70220.0150V

F1608

R702310k

1/10W

5%RN-CP

2SC3052EF-T1-LEFQ7020

R7024220

1/10W

5%RN-CP

RD6.2SB-T1D7026

1608

25V0.1

F

C7029

169591521CN7021

XX

1

STBY

5VGN

D

TIM

ER L

ED

P_M

UTE_

LED

LAM

P LE

D

GND

ILIN

K_LE

D

POW

_LED

SIRC

S

GND

P-ON

1234567891011

11PCN7020

WHT

D7027XX


R7028220

1/10W

5%RN-CP

SML-310LTT86D7023

R703910k

1/10W

5%RN-CP

C70260.0150V

F1608

R703010k

1/10W

5%RN-CP

C7027

F

0.0150V

1608

R7029

1/10W

5%RN-CP

10k

R7031

1/10W

5%RN-CP

10k


R7032

1/10W

5%RN-CP

220

SML-020MVT-T86D7024

TIMER_GREEN

GR

P_MUTE_LED


XX

C7028

50VF

1608

XXR7035

1/10W

5%RN-CP

XX

R7034XX

R7033

1/10W

5%RN-CP

XX

C70250.125V

F1608


R7025220

1/10W

5%RN-CP

C70240.0150V

F1608

R702710k

1/10W5%

RN-CP

R702610k

1/10W

5%RN-CP

– 48 –



12

1 2 43 5

A

B

C

D

H3 BOARD (VIDEO 2 INPUT)

6PCN7050

3 4

1 21 2

3 4

65

MM3Z10VT1D7050

12

L

V 1

2

3

J7050

R

R7050 0

4 12

1608

50VCH

C7050XX

CHIP0

R7051

5

67

CHIP0

R7052

J7051XX

12

345

67

160850VCH

C7051XX

1608

50VCH

C7053XX

XXC7052

1608

50VCH

C7055XX

XXC7056

1/10WRN-CP

330kR70551

2

160850V

CHC7054XX

1/10WRN-CP

220R7053

5%

1/10WRN-CP

5%

220R7056

220R7060

5% 12

0R7061

1/10WRN-CP

5%220R7058

1/10WRN-CP

5%220R7057

12 1/10W

RN-CP

330kR7054

12

50V10

C7057

12

50V10

C7058

VD7050XX

VD7054XX

12

MM3Z10VT1D7051

MM3Z10VT1D7052

1/10WRN-CP

5%

220R7063

VD7051

12

1/10WRN-CP

5%

220R7064

12 VD7052

12 VD7053

MM3Z7V5T1D7053

XX

1608CHIP

R7070XX

1608CHIP

R7069XX1608

CHIP

R7068XX

4.7C7061

R7066XX

CHIP

CHIP

R7067XX

XXR7072

XXR7071

4.7C70601608

CHIP

R7065XX

0.47C7059

XXR7073

XXR7074

XXR7

075

XXR7076

4PCN7053

XX

HP_SW

HP_L

HP_R

GND

1

2

3

4

12PCN7052

WHT

GND

Y2

GND

V2

GND

L2

GND

R2

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

S_SW2

S2_2

GND

C2

1

2

3

4

CN7051

1 E1

1/10WRN-CP 5%

220R7062

RN-CP5%

2201/10WR7059

– 49 –


(10) Schematic Diagram of QU Board

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

(CABLE CARD)

TOCable Card

TOQT

CN7903

TOQT

CN7904

CN7952

C7951

C7952

C7953

C7954

CN7951

CN7953

TP7950

AMP_1473442-1PCMCIA CARD

110V

F:CHIP

110V

F:CHIP

0.125V

F:CHIP

0.125V

F:CHIP

5PS5B-ZR-SM3A

80-PIN FFCSIDE-TYPE

GND CONTACT

– 50 –


(11) Schematic Diagram of S1, S2 Boards

4

A

B

1 2

C

3

S1 BOARD(LAMP TEMPERATURE)

87

654

32

1 1

2

3

4

SET_5V

E

SDA_E

SCL_E

XXR7100

1/10WRN-CP

22R7101

LM75BIM-5/NOPBIC7100

1/10WRN-CP

22R7102

R7103XX

R7104

CHIP0

R7105XX

R7108

CHIP0

R7107XX

R7106CHIP

0

C7100

1608

25V0.1

F

C7101

1608

10V1

B

C7102

1608

50V10p

CH

C7103

1608

50V10p

CH

4PCN7100

WHT

4

A

B

1 2

C

3

S2 BOARD(LAMP TEMPERATURE)

87

654

32

1

1

2

3

4

LM75BIM-5/NOPBIC7120

XXR7120

1/10WRN-CP

22R7121

1/10WRN-CP

22R7122

R7124

CHIP0

R7123XX

R7125

CHIP0

R7126CHIP

0

R7128XX

R7127XX

C7120

1608

25V0.1

F

C7121

1608

10V1

B

C7122

1608

50V10p

CH

C7123

1608

50V10p

CH

SET_5V

E

SDA_E

SCL_E

4P

CN7120WHT

– 51 –


(12) Schematic Diagram of T1, T3 Boards

A

B

1 2

C

3

T1 BOARD(LAMP DOOR DETECTION)

S7150

3PCN7150

WHT

LAMP_COV

NC

GND

1

2

3

A

B

1 2

C

3

T3 BOARD(LAMP CONNECTOR DETECTION) 3P

CN7156

LAMP_POS

NC

GND

1

2

3

S7156

– 52 –


4-5. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

(1) AK Board

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

• AK BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION

ICSide A Side B *

IC2600 D-5IC2601 G-3IC2602 H-4IC2603 G-4IC2612 B-4IC2614 G-3

TRANSISTORSide A Side B *

Q2602 F-5 2

DIODESide A Side B *

D2601 H-3 3

*: Refer to Terminal name of semiconductors in silkscreen printed circuit (see page 39)

– 53 –


(2) F Board

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

– 54 –


(3) G Board (Side A)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

• G BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION

ICSide A Side B *

IC6101 F-3 F-6IC6102 F-2 F-8IC6201 F-5IC6202 F-9 F-1IC6203 E-8IC6204 E-9 E-1IC6301 B-8IC6401 D-2 D-7IC6402 C-2 C-7IC6405 B-6 A-4


Q6001 G-2 2

Q6201 E-4 2

Q6202 F-8 2

Q6203 G-9 2

Q6204 F-8 2

Q6205 G-9 2

Q6206 H-8 H-2 1

Q6207 G-8 G-2 1

Q6208 G-8 2

Q6209 F-8 2

Q6210 E-8 2

Q6211 E-8 2

Q6212 E-8 2

Q6213 E-8 2

Q6214 F-4 2

Q6215 E-4 2

Q6216 E-4 2

Q6217 E-4 2

Q6218 E-4 2

Q6219 F-8 2

Q6301 C-8 C-2 1

Q6302 C-8 C-2 1

Q6303 B-2 2

Q6304 B-2 2



D6001 H-2 3

D6021 G-2 3

D6100 G-3 G-7D6101 F-3 3

D6102 E-3 E-6D6103 E-2 E-7D6104 E-2 E-7D6105 D-4 D-6D6106 F-3 F-6D6201 H-5 H-5D6202 F-7 3

D6203 F-7 3

D6204 F-7 3

D6205 H-4 H-6D6206 F-8 3

D6207 F-8 3

D6208 G-4 G-5D6209 F-8 3

D6210 F-9 3

D6211 F-9 3

D6212 G-8 3

D6213 H-8 3

D6214 H-8 5

D6215 G-8 5

D6216 G-6 G-4D6217 G-7 G-3D6218 E-8 3

D6219 E-8D6225 G-5 H-5D6226 G-5 G-4D6302 A-8 3

D6305 B-8D6306 B-8 5

D6307 B-8 5

D6308 A-7 A-3D6309 B-8 3

D6311 B-8 3

D6312 A-8 3

D6401 A-5 B-5D6406 C-5 C-5D6407 D-4 D-6D6408 C-5 C-5D6410 B-5 B-5D6416 A-6 3

D6418 A-6 3

D6501 A-3 A-7

– 55 –


(4) G Board (Side B)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

• G BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION

ICSide A Side B *

IC6101 F-3 F-6IC6102 F-2 F-8IC6201 F-5IC6202 F-9 F-1IC6203 E-8IC6204 E-9 E-1IC6301 B-8IC6401 D-2 D-7IC6402 C-2 C-7IC6405 B-6 A-4


Q6001 G-2 2

Q6201 E-4 2

Q6202 F-8 2

Q6203 G-9 2

Q6204 F-8 2

Q6205 G-9 2

Q6206 H-8 H-2 1

Q6207 G-8 G-2 1

Q6208 G-8 2

Q6209 F-8 2

Q6210 E-8 2

Q6211 E-8 2

Q6212 E-8 2

Q6213 E-8 2

Q6214 F-4 2

Q6215 E-4 2

Q6216 E-4 2

Q6217 E-4 2

Q6218 E-4 2

Q6219 F-8 2

Q6301 C-8 C-2 1

Q6302 C-8 C-2 1

Q6303 B-2 2

Q6304 B-2 2



D6001 H-2 3

D6021 G-2 3

D6100 G-3 G-7D6101 F-3 3

D6102 E-3 E-6D6103 E-2 E-7D6104 E-2 E-7D6105 D-4 D-6D6106 F-3 F-6D6201 H-5 H-5D6202 F-7 3

D6203 F-7 3

D6204 F-7 3

D6205 H-4 H-6D6206 F-8 3

D6207 F-8 3

D6208 G-4 G-5D6209 F-8 3

D6210 F-9 3

D6211 F-9 3

D6212 G-8 3

D6213 H-8 3

D6214 H-8 5

D6215 G-8 5

D6216 G-6 G-4D6217 G-7 G-3D6218 E-8 3

D6219 E-8D6225 G-5 H-5D6226 G-5 G-4D6302 A-8 3

D6305 B-8D6306 B-8 5

D6307 B-8 5

D6308 A-7 A-3D6309 B-8 3

D6311 B-8 3

D6312 A-8 3

D6401 A-5 B-5D6406 C-5 C-5D6407 D-4 D-6D6408 C-5 C-5D6410 B-5 B-5D6416 A-6 3

D6418 A-6 3

D6501 A-3 A-7

– 56 –


(5) HM, H1 Boards

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

– 57 –


(6) H2, H3 Boards

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

– 58 –


(7) QU, S1, S2, T1, T3 Boards

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

– 59 –


4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS

LM75BIM-5/NOPB

1 TOP VIEW

8 pins

MM1431ATTTC7SET32FU(TE85L)

1

5 pins

PQ09RD21J00H

PQ30RV11J00H

14

2SA1576A-T106-QR2SB709A-QRS-TX2SC1623-L5L62SC4081-R2SD2114K2SD601A-QDTC114EU

EB

C

10ERB20-TB3D1NS6UF4005/23

CATHODE

ANODE

1SS226

12

3

1

2

3

D10SC6M

12

3

12 3

D2SB60A-F04D4SBS6

+~

~ –

+~

~–

DTZ10BMA113-(TX)MMDL914T1RD5.6SB-T1UDZ-TE-17-3.9BUDZ-TE-17-7.5B

CATHODE

ANODE

ERA22-08KFLBS3L20UF4

CATHODE

ANODE

MM3Z11VT1MM3Z15VT1MM3Z7V5T1RD6.2SB

1

21

2

– 60 –


REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK

• Items with no part number and nodescription are not stocked because theyare seldom required for routine service

• The construction parts of an assembled partare indicated with a collation number in theremark column.

NOTE:

SECTION 5

EXPLODED VIEWS• Items marked " * " are not stocked since

they are seldom required for routineservice. Some delay should be anticipatedwhen ordering these items.

Les composants identifies par une trame et unemarque ! sont critiques pour la securite.Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant lenumero specifie.

The components identified by shading andmark ! are critical for safety.Replace only with part number specified.

1. SCREEN, COVERS

15

13

15

11 10

915

15

15

16

2

15

1214

5

1515

15

153

6

7

8

4

4

5

1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

#1

1515

15

15

1 A-1153-225-A SCREEN FRM BEZEL (50) ASSY1 X-1153-224-A SCREEN FRM BEZEL (60) ASSY2 X-2059-788-1 DOOR ASSY, LAMP3 2-633-426-01 BOX (L) (60), SPEAKER (R60XBR1)3 2-633-669-01 BOX (L) (50), SPEAKER (R50XBR1)

4 1-826-236-11 LOUDSPEAKER5 1-826-237-11 LOUDSPEAKER6 2-630-902-11 PLATE (50L), DIFFUSION (R50XBR1)6 2-630-904-11 PLATE (60L), DIFFUSION (R60XBR1)7 1-788-162-21 PLATE (50F), DIFFUSION (R50XBR1)

7 2-630-905-11 PLATE (60F), DIFFUSION (R60XBR1)8 A-1153-223-A MIRROR (50) (R50XBR1)8 A-1146-733-A MIRROR (60) (R60XBR1)

9 2-633-452-01 BRACKET (50), H1 (R50XBR1)9 2-633-472-01 BRACKET (60), H1 (R60XBR1)

10 2-633-473-01 H1 BUTON11 A-1123-100-A H1 BOARD, COMPLETE12 2-633-427-01 BOX (R) (60), SPEAKER (R60XBR1)12 2-633-670-01 BOX (R) (50), SPEAKER (R50XBR1)13 A-1123-101-A H2 BOARD, COMPLETE

14 2-633-425-01 PANEL,H215 2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X1616 2-633-437-01 COVER, REAR

#1 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3

– 61 –


REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK–––––––– ––––––––– ––––––––––––– ––––––––– REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK–––––––– ––––––––– ––––––––––––– –––––––––

2. BOTTOM BLOCK-1

5954

53

53

51

59

59 59

58

58

57

58

56

59

60

515952

#1

#1

Main chassis assembly

59

51 0 8-835-860-11 MOTOR, DC SFF21C/C-NP52 0 1-468-936-12 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK53 0 8-835-859-11 MOTOR, DC SFF22A/C-NP54 1-576-885-11 THERMOSTAT56 1-791-192-13 CORD, NOISE FILTER WITH POWER

57 0 1-787-333-11 D.C. FAN58 2-580-628-01 SCREW, +BVST 3X659 2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X1660 2-580-654-01 SCREW, +PWTP2 4X16



The components identified by shading andmark ! are critical for safety.Replace only with part number specified.

– 62 –



3. BOTTOM BLOCK-2

#1

#1#1#1

104

105

109

103

102

101

109

109

108

107

106

101 A-1144-528-A T3 BOARD, COMPLETE102 3-252-830-01 SCREW (B3), (+) PWH TAPPING103 A-1123-099-A S2 BOARD, COMPLETE104 2-633-441-01 COVER, FRONT105 2-580-602-01 SCREW, +PSW M4X12

106 A-1127-174-A BLOCK ASSY, OPTICS (R60XBR1)106 A-1148-155-A BLOCK ASSY, OPTICS (R50XBR1)107 1-830-856-11 FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE108 A-1123-096-A T1 BOARD, COMPLETE109 2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16


– 63 –



4. MAIN CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

166

166

156

157162

158 159

155

153

152167

166

166 161

166

166 166

166

165

166

163

166

160

164

164

152

151166

166

154

#1

#1

151 * A-1073-391-A QU BOARD, COMPLETE152 3-682-691-00 NUT, WASHER HEXAGON153 8-597-906-00 ANTENNA SWITCHE RFD-SA801154 A-1123-095-A AK BOARD, COMPLETE155 A-1138-895-A K BOARD, COMPLETE

156 A-1119-915-A F BOARD, COMPLETE157 A-1123-102-A H3 BOARD, COMPLETE158 A-1060-186-A HM BOARD, COMPLETE159 A-1138-898-A G BOARD, COMPLETE160 A-1123-098-A S1 BOARD, COMPLETE

161 A-1152-712-A Q BOX ASSY (R60XBR1)161 A-1152-713-A Q BOX ASSY (R50XBR1)162 A-1152-714-A ASU/DSU ASSY (R60XBR1)162 A-1152-715-A ASU/DSU ASSY (R50XBR1)163 A-1152-716-A PD BOARD, COMPLETE

164 * 3-952-863-11 SPACER, CIRCUIT BOARD165 1-830-193-11 CABLE, USB166 2-580-628-01 SCREW, +BVST 3X6167 2-580-626-01 SCREW, SP 4-4O UNC


– 64 –


ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

When indicating parts by reference number,please include the board name.

• Items marked " * " are not stocked sincethey are seldom required for routineservice. Some delay should be anticipatedwhen ordering these items.

• All variable and adjustable resistors havecharacteristic curve B, unless otherwisenoted.

• RESISTORSAll resistors are in ohmsF : nonflammable

• CAPACITORSPF : µµF

• There are some cases the referencenumber on one board overlaps on theother board. Therefore, when orderingparts by the reference number, pleaseinclude the board name.

The components identified by shading andmark ! are critial for safety.Replace only with part number specified.


REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK––––––– –––––––– ––––––––––– ––––––– REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK––––––– –––––––– ––––––––––– –––––––

A-1123-095-A AK BOARD, COMPLETE**********************

< CAPACITOR >

C2605 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2608 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50VC2609 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50VC2621 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC2622 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V

C2629 1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP 100µF 20% 16VC2630 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2631 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2632 1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP 100µF 20% 16VC2633 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10V

C2675 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2692 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2757 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100µF 20% 6.3VC2758 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2760 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100µF 20% 6.3V

C2761 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC2762 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC2763 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2764 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2765 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V

C2766 1-164-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.015µF 10% 25VC2767 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2768 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC2769 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V

< CONNECTOR >

CN2604 1-819-443-11 HEADER ASEEMBLY FOR PWB 15P

< DIODE >

D2601 8-719-065-68 DIODE MAZF04700LS0

< FERRITE BEAD >

FB2602 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µHFB2603 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µHFB2604 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µHFB2605 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µHFB2608 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µH

FB2609 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µHFB2610 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µHFB2611 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µH

< IC >

IC2600 8-759-825-15 IC LC89056W-EIC2601 6-703-046-01 IC SN74LVC1G08DCKRIC2602 6-702-821-01 IC R3112N421A-TR-FAIC2603 6-705-403-01 IC PQ070XZ01ZPHIC2612 6-706-056-01 IC SN74LVC2GU04DCKR

IC2614 6-703-046-01 IC SN74LVC1G08DCKR

< TRANSISTOR >

Q2602 8-729-907-00 TRANSISTOR DTC114EU

< RESISTOR >

R2601 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2602 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2603 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2606 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2607 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R2608 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2609 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2610 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10WR2611 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10WR2612 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R2613 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2614 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10WR2615 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2616 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2617 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R2618 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2619 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2620 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR2621 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2623 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R2627 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10WR2628 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10WR2632 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2635 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10WR2636 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R2639 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10WR2642 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10WR2643 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2645 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2679 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R2680 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10WR2681 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10WR2682 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

AK

– 65 –



R2696 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR2711 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R2713 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10WR2714 1-218-692-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10WR2715 1-218-704-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10WR2716 1-218-704-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/10WR2717 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R2718 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR2719 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2720 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2721 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2722 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R2723 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2724 1-218-716-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10WR2725 1-218-714-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 0.5% 1/10WR2726 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2730 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R2744 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2745 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2746 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2763 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2764 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R2765 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2781 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2789 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R2790 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W

< TEST POINT >

TP2600 1-535-757-11 CHIP, CHECKERTP2601 1-535-757-11 CHIP, CHECKER

< VIBRATOR >

X2600 1-813-049-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL

**************************************************************

A-1119-915-A F BOARD, COMPLETE********************

1-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER 0A 0V

< CAPACITOR >

C6002 0 1-165-531-21 MYLAR 1µF 10 0VC6004 0 1-165-529-31 MYLAR 0.22µF 10 0VC6005 0 1-119-886-51 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 250VC6006 0 1-119-886-51 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 250V

< CONNECTOR >

CN6001* 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)CN6018* 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)CN6051 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)CN6052 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)CN6053 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)

CN6054 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)

< FUSE >

F6001 0 1-576-233-51 FUSE 6.3A 250V

< COIL >

L6002 0 1-456-856-21 LINE FILTER COILL6003 0 1-456-856-21 LINE FILTER COIL

< RESISTOR >

R6002 1-240-938-91 METAL 1.5M 5% 0.5WR6063 1-240-938-91 METAL 1.5M 5% 0.5W

< VARISTOR >

VD600101-804-995-21 VARISTORVD600201-804-995-21 VARISTOR

***************************************************************

A-1138-898-A G BOARD, COMPLETE*********************

* 1-694-592-21 TERMINAL2-580-594-01 SCREW, +PSW M3X12

* 4-042-408-02 PIN(45), WIRE

< CAPACITOR >

C6001 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6002 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC6008 1-165-531-31 MYLAR 1µF 10 0VC6101 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047µF 250VC6102 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047µF 250V

C6105 1-107-974-11 CERAMIC 47pF 5% 2KVC6106 1-100-780-31 ELECT 22µF 20% 450VC6107 1-165-127-11 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 500VC6111 0 1-119-886-51 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 250VC6113 1-165-729-31 ELECT 470µF 20% 16V

C6114 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC6115 1-128-526-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 25VC6116 1-107-910-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 50VC6117 1-107-905-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50VC6118 1-107-903-11 ELECT 2.2µF 20% 50V

C6119 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50VC6202 1-104-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047µF 10% 50VC6203 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047µF 250VC6204 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047µF 250VC6205 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022µF 10% 50V

C6206 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 50VC6207 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 50VC6208 1-107-823-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 16VC6209 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047µF 250VC6210 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC 0.0047µF 250V

C6212 1-112-024-21 MYLAR 1µF 10% 450VC6213 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100pF 5% 50VC6215 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50VC6216 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 50VC6217 1-162-962-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 10% 50V

C6218 0 1-119-886-51 CERAMIC 470pF 10% 250VC6219 1-128-526-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 25VC6220 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022µF 10% 50VC6221 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50VC6222 1-107-889-11 ELECT 220µF 20% 25V

C6223 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 50VC6225 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 50VC6226 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022µF 10% 50VC6227 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 50VC6228 1-107-906-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50V

Les composants identifies parune trame et une marque !

sont critiques pour la securite.Ne les remplacer que par unepiece portant le numero specifie.

The components identified byshading and mark ! are criti-cal for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified. AK F G

– 66 –



C6229 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 5% 25VC6230 1-104-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047µF 10% 50VC6231 1-100-613-81 CERAMIC 470pF 5% 1KVC6232 1-100-613-81 CERAMIC 470pF 5% 1KVC6233 1-163-145-00 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015µF 5% 50V

C6234 1-163-037-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022µF 10% 50VC6235 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 50VC6236 1-100-613-81 CERAMIC 470pF 5% 1KVC6237 1-100-613-81 CERAMIC 470pF 5% 1KVC6238 1-117-753-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 470µF 20% 450V

C6239 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50VC6240 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6241 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 50VC6242 1-117-753-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 470µF 20% 450VC6243 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50V

C6244 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6245 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 50VC6246 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 50VC6247 1-107-905-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50VC6248 1-107-888-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 25V

C6249 1-107-905-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50VC6250 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6251 1-107-902-11 ELECT 1µF 20% 50VC6252 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6253 1-107-910-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 50V

C6254 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6256 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6258 1-117-227-11 MYLAR 1µF 10% 450VC6259 1-117-227-11 MYLAR 1µF 10% 450VC6260 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 50V

C6301 1-137-639-21 MYLAR 0.47µF 10% 450VC6302 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6304 1-107-905-11 ELECT 4.7µF 20% 50VC6305 1-107-909-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 50VC6306 1-100-831-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 2% 50V

C6307 1-107-906-11 ELECT 10µF 20% 50VC6308 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 50VC6309 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001µF 10% 50VC6310 1-115-340-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22µF 10% 25VC6311 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V

C6313 1-107-888-11 ELECT 47µF 20% 25VC6314 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6315 1-107-910-11 ELECT 100µF 20% 50VC6317 1-100-613-81 CERAMIC 470pF 5% 1KVC6318 1-100-919-11 FILM 0.027µF 3% 1KV

C6319 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC6321 1-117-227-11 MYLAR 1µF 10% 450VC6332 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 50VC6405 1-128-954-11 ELECT 1000µF 20% 25VC6406 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047µF 10% 16V

C6407 1-137-921-31 ELECT 1500µF 20% 10VC6408 1-135-362-31 ELECT 1500µF 20% 16VC6411 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC6413 1-126-926-11 ELECT 1000µF 20% 10VC6414 1-107-884-11 ELECT 1000µF 20% 16V

C6417 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC6423 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6426 1-104-653-11 ELECT 220µF 20% 16VC6427 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220µF 20% 16VC6429 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50V

C6430 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC6432 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC6433 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC6435 1-137-921-31 ELECT 1500µF 20% 10V

C6436 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V

C6437 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6438 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6439 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6442 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6443 1-128-954-11 ELECT 1000µF 20% 25V

C6445 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6446 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6447 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6448 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6449 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V

C6450 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6451 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6452 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6453 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6454 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50V

C6455 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6456 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470pF 5% 50VC6503 1-107-914-11 ELECT 1000µF 20% 50V

< CONNECTOR >

CN6014* 1-580-843-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER)CN6015* 1-785-701-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3PCN6301 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)CN6501* 1-793-660-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P

< DIODE >

D6001 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1D6021 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1D6100 8-719-077-76 DIODE D2SB60A-F04D6101 8-719-036-94 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1D6102 6-500-849-01 DIODE ERA22-08KFLB

D6103 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3D6104 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3D6105 8-719-032-12 DIODE D1NS6D6106 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3D6201 8-719-304-63 DIODE RM11C

D6202 8-719-056-84 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-7.5BD6203 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1D6204 8-719-056-84 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-7.5BD6205 8-719-054-89 DIODE D15XB60D6206 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1

D6207 6-500-137-01 DIODE BAT54HT1D6208 8-719-304-63 DIODE RM11CD6209 6-500-254-01 DIODE MM3Z7V5T1D6210 6-500-137-01 DIODE BAT54HT1D6211 6-500-137-01 DIODE BAT54HT1

D6212 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX)D6213 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113-(TX)D6214 6-501-043-01 DIODE UMZ16NT106D6215 6-501-043-01 DIODE UMZ16NT106D6216 8-719-304-63 DIODE RM11C

D6217 6-500-407-01 DIODE SF20L60U-4015D6218 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1D6219 8-719-059-51 DIODE MA3J142E0LSOD6225 6-500-849-01 DIODE ERA22-08KFLBD6226 6-500-849-01 DIODE ERA22-08KFLB

D6302 8-719-082-03 DIODE MM3Z15VT1D6305 8-719-979-64 DIODE UF4005/23D6306 6-501-043-01 DIODE UMZ16NT106D6307 6-501-043-01 DIODE UMZ16NT106D6308 6-500-567-31 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3

G

– 67 –



D6309 8-719-081-67 DIODE M1FM3D6311 6-500-137-01 DIODE BAT54HT1D6312 8-719-080-69 DIODE M1FS4-4063D6401 8-719-510-09 DIODE D10SC6MD6406 8-719-510-09 DIODE D10SC6M

D6407 8-719-060-88 DIODE D4SBS6D6408 8-719-510-09 DIODE D10SC6MD6410 8-719-510-09 DIODE D10SC6MD6416 6-500-551-01 DIODE MM3Z11VT1D6418 8-719-081-97 DIODE MMDL914T1

D6501 8-719-510-73 DIODE S3L20UF4

< FERRITE BEAD >

FB6001 * 1-469-670-21 FERRITE 0µHFB6002 * 1-469-670-21 FERRITE 0µHFB6301 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µHFB6401 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µHFB6402 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH

FB6403 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µHFB6404 1-410-397-21 FERRITE 1.1µH

< IC >

IC6101 6-600-279-01 IC STR-A6169IC6102 8-759-682-42 IC MM1431ATTIC6201 6-704-924-01 IC PQ12DZ5UJ00HIC6202 6-703-132-01 IC UC3854BNIC6203 8-759-058-50 IC XRA10324AF

IC6204 8-759-321-95 IC HA17431PAIC6301 6-706-852-01 IC CXD9841MIC6401 8-759-653-07 IC PQ09RD21J00HIC6402 8-759-098-24 IC PQ30RV11J00HIC6405 8-759-682-42 IC MM1431ATT

< COIL >

L6101 1-414-934-21 INDUCTOR 10µHL6202 1-416-489-11 INDUCTOR 143µHL6203 1-456-531-11 INDUCTOR 58µHL6204 1-456-531-11 INDUCTOR 58µHL6301 1-406-667-11 INDUCTOR 220µH

L6302 1-406-977-21 INDUCTOR 100µHL6401 1-406-971-21 INDUCTOR 10µHL6402 1-406-971-21 INDUCTOR 10µHL6407 1-412-525-31 INDUCTOR 10µHL6501 1-412-519-11 INDUCTOR 3.3µH

L6502 1-412-537-31 INDUCTOR 100µH

< PHOTOCOUPLER >

PH610108-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00FPH620108-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00FPH620208-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00FPH620308-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00FPH630108-749-016-82 PHOTOCOUPLER PC123GY2J00F

< TRANSISTOR >

Q6001 8-729-023-22 TRANSISTOR 2SD2114KQ6201 8-729-907-00 TRANSISTOR DTC114EUQ6202 8-729-907-00 TRANSISTOR DTC114EUQ6203 8-729-820-86 TRANSISTOR 2SB1121-STQ6204 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-R

Q6205 8-729-807-17 TRANSISTOR 2SD1621-SQ6206 6-551-336-01 TRANSISTOR 2SK3934(LBS1SONY.QQ6207 6-551-336-01 TRANSISTOR 2SK3934(LBS1SONY.QQ6208 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QRQ6209 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-R

Q6210 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-RQ6211 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-RQ6212 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-RQ6213 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QRQ6214 8-729-907-00 TRANSISTOR DTC114EU

Q6215 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-RQ6216 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QRQ6217 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QRQ6218 8-729-804-41 TRANSISTOR 2SB1122-SQ6219 8-729-040-89 TRANSISTOR 2SK1590-T1B

Q6301 6-551-297-01 TRANSISTOR 2SK3568(LBS1SONY.QQ6302 6-551-297-01 TRANSISTOR 2SK3568(LBS1SONY.QQ6303 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR 2SC4081-RQ6304 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1576A-T106-QR

< RESISTOR >

R6001 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10WR6002 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10WR6005 1-202-962-11 CEMENTED 3.3 5% 10WR6006 1-202-962-11 CEMENTED 3.3 5% 10WR6007 1-217-781-31 FUSIBLE 2.2 5% 5W

R6101 1-216-353-00 METAL OXIDE 2.2 5% 1WR6102 1-249-381-11 CARBON 1 5% 1/4WR6103 1-260-129-11 CARBON 330K 5% 1/2WR6104 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10WR6105 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4W

R6106 1-249-385-11 CARBON 2.2 5% 1/4WR6107 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10WR6108 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10WR6109 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10WR6110 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W

R6111 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R6112 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10WR6113 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6114 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6115 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W

R6116 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6117 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6118 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6119 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6120 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W

R6121 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6122 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6123 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6124 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6125 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R6201 1-216-121-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/10WR6202 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10WR6203 1-218-899-11 METAL CHIP 150K 0.5% 1/16WR6204 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4WR6205 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4W

R6206 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4WR6207 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6208 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4WR6209 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4WR6210 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4W

R6211 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.5% 1/10WR6212 1-245-470-21 METAL 220K 1% 1/4W



The components identified byshading and mark ! are criti-cal for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified. G

– 68 –



R6213 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4WR6214 1-245-474-21 METAL 330K 1% 1/4WR6215 1-216-121-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W

R6216 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10WR6217 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10WR6218 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10WR6219 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10WR6220 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

R6222 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10WR6223 1-243-665-11 METAL 0.05 5% 5WR6224 1-243-665-11 METAL 0.05 5% 5WR6225 1-249-397-11 CARBON 22 5% 1/4WR6226 1-216-802-11 METAL CHIP 27 5% 1/10W

R6227 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10WR6228 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10WR6229 1-249-397-11 CARBON 22 5% 1/4WR6230 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6231 1-216-802-11 METAL CHIP 27 5% 1/10W

R6232 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6233 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4WR6234 1-249-401-11 CARBON 47 5% 1/4WR6235 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6236 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

R6237 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4WR6238 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10WR6239 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10WR6240 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6241 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

R6242 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10WR6243 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6244 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/10WR6245 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.5% 1/10WR6246 1-218-869-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 0.5% 1/10W

R6247 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6248 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6249 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6250 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10WR6251 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W

R6252 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10WR6253 1-215-882-00 METAL OXIDE 22 5% 2WR6254 1-215-882-00 METAL OXIDE 22 5% 2WR6255 1-216-121-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/10WR6256 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R6257 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6258 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10WR6259 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6260 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6261 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R6262 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6263 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6264 1-208-830-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10WR6265 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10WR6266 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W

R6267 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6268 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6269 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6270 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6271 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R6272 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6273 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6274 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10WR6275 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10WR6276 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R6277 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10WR6278 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10WR6279 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10WR6280 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10WR6281 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R6282 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10WR6283 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10WR6284 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10WR6285 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6286 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R6287 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6288 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6289 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6290 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10WR6291 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R6292 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4WR6293 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10WR6294 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6297 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10WR6298 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R6299 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10WR6301 1-249-393-11 CARBON 10 5% 1/4WR6302 1-202-933-61 FUSIBLE 0.1 10% 1/2WR6303 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10WR6304 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R6305 1-245-478-21 METAL 470K 1% 1/4WR6306 1-245-478-21 METAL 470K 1% 1/4WR6307 1-218-877-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.5% 1/10WR6308 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6309 1-218-823-11 METAL CHIP 100 0.5% 1/10W

R6311 1-219-230-71 FUSIBLE 22 5% 1/6WR6312 1-219-230-71 FUSIBLE 22 5% 1/6WR6313 1-218-825-11 METAL CHIP 120 0.5% 1/10WR6314 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6315 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R6316 1-260-304-51 CARBON 10 5% 1/2WR6317 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6318 1-216-361-00 METAL OXIDE 0.22 5% 2WR6319 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6321 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R6322 1-202-933-61 FUSIBLE 0.1 10% 1/2WR6325 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R6341 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10WR6402 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6403 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R6404 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6406 1-216-793-11 METAL CHIP 4.7 5% 1/10WR6407 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6411 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10WR6412 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W

R6413 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R6414 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10WR6415 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10WR6416 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10WR6417 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W

R6423 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6426 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R6427 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R6428 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R6450 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W

R6454 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR6455 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R6601 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR6602 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W

G

– 69 –



R6603 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

< VARIABLE RESISTOR >

RV6201 1-225-626-91 RES, VAR, ADJ, CERMET 1K

< RELAY >

RY600101-755-418-12 RELAY (AC POWER)RY600201-755-418-12 RELAY (AC POWER)

< TRANSFORMER >

T6101 0 1-443-313-21 TRANSFORMER, CONVERTER (SBT)T6302 0 1-443-797-11 DC-DC CONVERTER TRANSFORMER

< THERMISTOR >

TH6101 1-803-586-11 THERMISTOR, NTCTH6201 1-809-789-71 THERMISTOR, POSITIVE

***************************************************************

A-1060-186-A HM BOARD, COMPLETE**********************

< CAPACITOR >

C7203 1-162-910-11 CERAMIC CHIP 5pF 0.25PF 50VC7203 1-162-910-11 CERAMIC CHIP 5pF 0.25PF 50VC7204 1-162-911-11 CERAMIC CHIP 6pF 0.50PF 50VC7204 1-162-911-11 CERAMIC CHIP 6pF 0.50PF 50VC7205 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V

C7205 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC7206 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC7206 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC7207 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC7207 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V

C7208 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC7208 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC7209 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 6.3VC7209 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 6.3VC7210 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16V

C7210 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 16VC7211 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7µF 10% 6.3VC7211 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7µF 10% 6.3VC7212 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 6.3VC7212 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 6.3V

C7213 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC7213 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC7215 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7215 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7216 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25V

C7216 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 10% 25VC7217 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 6.3VC7217 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 6.3VC7218 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7218 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25V

C7219 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7219 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7220 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7220 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7221 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25V

C7221 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25V

C7224 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7224 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25V

< CONNECTOR >

CN7201 1-779-677-11 CONNECTOR, USB (B)CN7204 1-817-653-11 MEMORY STICK CONNECTOR

< DIODE >

D7201 8-719-800-76 DIODE 1SS226D7202 8-719-056-77 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-3.9BD7210 6-500-182-01 DIODE L-1503CB/1ID-F01D7212 8-719-056-77 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-3.9B

< FERRITE BEAD >

FB7201 1-414-921-11 FERRITE 0µHFB7202 1-414-921-11 FERRITE 0µHFB7203 1-414-921-11 FERRITE 0µH

< IC >

IC7201 6-703-076-01 IC XC6204B332MRIC7202 6-704-548-01 IC 90C36LC1B-LFIC7203 6-704-067-01 IC M24128-BWMN6T(A)

< COIL >

L7201 1-414-394-11 INDUCTOR 2.2µH

< TRANSISTOR >

Q7201 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TXQ7202 8-729-422-27 TRANSISTOR 2SD601A-Q

< RESISTOR >

R7201 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7202 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µHR7203 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10WR7204 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10WR7206 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W

R7209 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µHR7210 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10WR7211 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR7212 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10WR7214 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W

R7215 1-414-228-11 FERRITE 0µHR7216 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR7217 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR7218 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10WR7219 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W

R7221 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR7222 1-216-811-11 METAL CHIP 150 5% 1/10WR7223 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10WR7224 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10WR7225 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R7226 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7227 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7228 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7229 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10WR7231 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R7234 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W



The components identified byshading and mark ! are criti-cal for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified. HMG

– 70 –



< VIBRATOR >

X7201 1-760-965-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL

***************************************************************

A-1123-100-A H1 BOARD, COMPLETE*********************

< CAPACITOR >

C7000 1-100-597-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 10% 25V

< DIODE >

D7001 8-719-083-58 DIODE UDZSTE-173.9B

< RESISTOR >

R7001 1-218-684-11 METAL CHIP 470 0.5% 1/10WR7002 1-218-688-11 METAL CHIP 680 0.5% 1/10WR7003 1-218-692-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10WR7004 1-218-700-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10WR7005 1-218-708-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W

< SWITCH >

S7000 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACTS7001 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACTS7002 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACTS7003 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACTS7004 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACT

S7005 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACT

***************************************************************


< CAPACITOR >

C7020 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7021 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10µF 20% 16VC7022 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC7023 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC7024 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50V

C7025 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7026 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC7027 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC7029 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7030 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22µF 20% 10V

C7031 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7032 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01µF 50VC7033 1-128-993-21 ELECT CHIP 22µF 20% 10VC7034 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25V

< DIODE >

D7022 6-500-861-01 DIODE SML-020MVT-T86D7023 8-719-064-07 DIODE SML-310LTT86D7024 6-500-861-01 DIODE SML-020MVT-T86D7025 8-719-158-19 DIODE RD6.2SBD7026 8-719-158-19 DIODE RD6.2SB

< IC >

IC7020 6-703-744-01 IC GP1UE26SXKOFIC7021 6-706-481-01 IC TC7SET32FU(T5RSOJF)IC7022 8-759-695-94 IC TAR5S33(TE85R)

< COIL >

L7000 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10µH

< TRANSISTOR >

Q7020 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6Q7021 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6Q7022 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6Q7023 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6

< RESISTOR >

R7020 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10WR7021 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7022 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR7023 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR7024 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W

R7025 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10WR7026 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR7027 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR7028 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10WR7029 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R7030 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR7031 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10WR7032 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10WR7036 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/10WR7039 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R7041 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W

< SWITCH >

S7020 1-762-196-21 SWITCH, TACT

***************************************************************


< CAPACITOR >

C7057 1-128-991-21 ELECT CHIP 10µF 20% 50VC7058 1-128-991-21 ELECT CHIP 10µF 20% 50VC7059 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47µF 10% 10VC7060 1-126-603-11 ELECT CHIP 4.7µF 20% 35VC7061 1-126-603-11 ELECT CHIP 4.7µF 20% 35V

< CONNECTOR >

CN7050 1-784-646-11 TERMINAL, SCN7051 1-695-915-11 TAB (CONTACT)

< DIODE >

D7050 8-719-977-28 DIODE DTZ10BD7051 8-719-977-28 DIODE DTZ10BD7052 8-719-977-28 DIODE DTZ10B

HM H2H1 H3

– 71 –



< JACK >

J7050 1-819-646-11 PHONO JACK 3P

< RESISTOR >

R7050 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7051 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7052 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7053 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10WR7054 1-216-851-11 METAL CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W

R7055 1-216-851-11 METAL CHIP 330K 5% 1/10WR7056 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10WR7057 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10WR7058 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10WR7059 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W

R7060 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10WR7061 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7062 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10WR7063 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10WR7064 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W

< VARISTOR >

VD7051 1-803-974-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (1608)VD7052 1-803-974-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (1608)VD7053 1-803-974-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (1608)

***************************************************************

* A-1073-391-A QU BOARD, COMPLETE**********************

< CAPACITOR >

C7951 1-115-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10VC7952 1-115-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10VC7953 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7954 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25V

< CONNECTOR >

CN7951* 1-573-768-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5mm) (SMD)5PCN7952* 1-818-486-11 PCMCIA CONNECTOR (SMD)CN7953* 1-818-483-11 FFC/FPC CONNECTOR (ZIF) 80P

< TEST POINT >

TP7950 1-694-766-21 TERMINAL (ONBOARD CONTACT)

***************************************************************

A-1123-098-A S1 BOARD, COMPLETE*********************

< CAPACITOR >

C7100 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7101 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 10VC7102 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50VC7103 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50V

< IC >

IC7100 6-707-223-01 IC LM75BIM-5/NOPB

< RESISTOR >

R7101 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10WR7102 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10WR7104 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7106 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7108 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

***************************************************************

A-1123-099-A S2 BOARD, COMPLETE*********************

< CAPACITOR >

C7120 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1µF 25VC7121 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1µF 10% 10VC7122 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50VC7123 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10pF 0.50PF 50V

< IC >

IC7120 6-707-223-01 IC LM75BIM-5/NOPB

< RESISTOR >

R7121 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10WR7122 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10WR7124 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7125 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0R7126 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

**************************************************************

A-1123-096-A T1 BOARD, COMPLETE*********************

< SWITCH >

S7150 1-786-591-11 SWITCH, MICRO

**************************************************************

A-1144-528-A T3 BOARD, COMPLETE**********************

< SWITCH >

S7156 1-786-591-11 SWITCH, MICRO

**************************************************************

MISCELLANEOUS*****************

0 A-1127-174-A BLOCK ASSY, OPTICS (R60XBR1)0 A-1148-155-A BLOCK ASSY, OPTICS (R50XBR1)0 1-468-936-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK0 1-576-885-11 THERMOSTAT0 1-787-333-11 D.C. FAN

0 1-791-192-13 CORD, NOISE FILTER WITH POWER1-826-236-11 SPEAKER UNIT1-826-237-11 SPEAKER UNIT1-829-702-11 COAXIAL CABLE WITH F-PLUG1-829-794-51 CORD WITH CONNECTOR

1-830-193-11 CABLE, USB1-830-407-11 RF CABLE1-830-856-11 FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE1-830-878-11 LEAD WIRE WITH CONNECTOR(LVDS)

H3 S2S1QU



The components identified byshading and mark ! are criti-cal for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified. T1 T3


1-830-900-11 LEAD WIRE WITH CONNECTOR(LVDS)

8-597-906-00 ANTENNA SWITCHE RFD-SA8010 8-835-859-11 MOTOR, DC SFF22A/C-NP0 8-835-860-11 MOTOR, DC SFF21C/C-NP

**************************************************************

ACCESSORIES & PACKING MATERIALS************************************

* 2-581-446-11 BAG, PROTECTION (R60XBR1)* 2-587-561-01 SHEET, PROTECTION (R60XBR1)

2-637-151-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (US)(R60XBR1)

2-637-152-11 QSG (US) (R60XBR1)2-637-710-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (US)

(R50XBR1)

2-637-710-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FR)(R50XBR1)

2-637-710-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ES)(R50XBR1)

2-637-711-11 QSG (US) (R50XBR1)2-637-711-21 QSG (FR) (R50XBR1)2-637-711-31 QSG (ES) (R50XBR1)

* 4-030-895-01 JOINT (R60XBR1)* 4-097-659-01 BAG, PROTECTION (R60XBR1)* 4-097-660-01 SHEET, PROTECTION (R60XBR1)

< REMOTE COMMANDER>

1-478-337-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-Y914)

< OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES>

93-0876-00 LAMP XL-5100



The components identified byshading and mark ! are criti-cal for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.

9-872-762-01

English2005HR02-1

©2005.8

Sony EMCS Corporation

Ichinomiya TEC

REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK

KDS-R50/60XBR1 2-637-151-11(1)

SXRD Projection TVOperating Instructions

http://www.sony.net/

Printed in Japan

2-637-151-11(1)

KDS-R50XBR1 KDS-R60XBR1

© 2005 Sony Corporation

Printed on 100% recycled paper.

2673151111newSXRD_ENcov_r8.indd 12673151111newSXRD_ENcov_r8.indd 1 6/21/2005 2:38:54 PM6/21/2005 2:38:54 PM

2

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US02Cov2.fm

masterpage:3 columns Right

Owner’s RecordThe model and serial numbers are located at the rear of the TV. Record these numbers in the spaces provided below. Refer to them whenever you call upon your Sony dealer regarding this product.

Model No.

Serial No.

Contacting SonyIf, after reading the following instructions, you have additional questions related to the use of your Sony® TV, please call one of the following numbers.

Customers in the continental United States contact the Direct Response Center at:

1-800-222-SONY (7669)

or visit http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/

Customers in Canada contact the Customer Relations Center at:

1-877-899-SONY (7669)

or visit http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US02WAR.fm


WARNINGTo reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this apparatus to rain or moisture.

This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons.

This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance.

The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.

CAUTIONTo prevent electric shock, do not use this polarized AC plug with an extension cord, receptacle or other outlet unless the blades can be fully inserted to prevent blade exposure.

CAUTIONWhen using TV games, computers, and similar products with your projection TV, keep the brightness and contrast functions at low settings. If a fixed (non-moving) pattern is left on the screen for long periods of time at a high brightness or contrast setting, the image can be permanently imprinted onto the screen. Continuously watching the same program can cause the imprint of station logos onto the TV screen. These types of imprints are not covered by your warranty because they are the result of misuse.

Note on Caption VisionThis TV provides display of TV closed captioning in accordance with §15.119 of the FCC rules.

NOTIFICATIONThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that

to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

For Customers in CanadaThis Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Safety Operate the TV only on 120 V AC. Use the AC power cord specified by Sony and suitable for the

voltage where you use it. The plug is designed, for safety purposes, to fit into the wall outlet

only one way. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, contact your dealer.

If any liquid or solid object should fall inside the cabinet, unplug the TV immediately and have it checked by qualified service personnel before operating it further.

If you will not be using the TV for several days, disconnect the power by pulling the plug itself. Never pull on the cord.

For details concerning safety precautions, see “Important Safety Instructions” on page 5.

For Customers in the United StatesIf you have any questions about this product, you may call; Sony Customer Information Services Center 1-800-222-7669 or http://www.sony.com/

CAUTIONRISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK

DO NOT OPEN

ATTENTIONRISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE,

NE PAS OUVRIR

PRECAUCIONRIESGO DE CHOQUE ELECTRICO

NO ABRIR

Declaration of ConformityTrade Name: SONYModel: KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR1Responsible Party: Sony Electronics Inc.Address: 16450 W. Bernardo Dr., San Diego, CA 92127 U.S.A.Telephone Number: 858-942-2230

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in this manual could void your authority to operate this equipment.

(Continued)

3

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)



Installing The TV should be installed near an easily accessible power outlet. To prevent internal heat buildup, do not block the ventilation

openings. Do not install the TV in a hot or humid place, or in a place subject

to excessive dust or mechanical vibration. Use the TV at temperatures between 41°F (5°C) and 95°F (35°C). If the TV is transported directly from a cold to a warm location, or

if the room temperature changes suddenly, the picture may be blurred or show poor color due to moisture condensation. In this case, please wait a few hours to let the moisture evaporate before turning on the TV.

To obtain the best picture, do not expose the screen to direct illumination or direct sunlight. It is recommended to use spot lighting directed down from the ceiling or to cover the windows that face the screen with opaque drapery. It is desirable to install the TV in a room where the floor and walls are not of a reflective material.

See pages 13 and 14 for more information on the installation.

CAUTIONUse the following Sony appliance(s) only with the following TV STAND.

Use with other TV STAND may cause instability and possibly result in injury.

SONY APPLIANCE MODEL NO.

KDS-R50XBR1

KDS-R60XBR1

SONY TV STAND MODEL NO.

SU-GW12

SONY THEATRE STAND SYSTEM MODEL NO.

RHT-G2000

To CustomersSufficient expertise is required for installing the specified product. Be sure to subcontract the installation to Sony dealers or licensed contractors and pay adequate attention to safety during the installation.

For Customers in the United StatesThis product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated if sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance(http://www.eiae.org).

NoteThis digital television is capable of receiving analog basic, digital basic and digital premium cable television programming by direct connection to a cable system providing such programming. A security card provided by your cable operator is required to view encrypted digital programming. Certain advanced and interactive digital cable services such as video-on-demand, a cable operator’s enhanced program guide and data-enhanced television services may require the use of a set-top box. For more information call your local cable operator.

This television also includes a QAM demodulator which should allow you to receive unscrambled digital cable television programming via subscription service to a cable service provider. Availability of digital cable television programming in your area depends on the type of programming and signal provided by your cable service provider.

Trademark InformationCableCARD™ is a trademark of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.

TruSurround, SRS and the symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. TruSurround technology is incorporated under license from SRS Labs, Inc.

Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866. "BBE" and BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.

Macintosh is a trademark licensed to Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S.A and other countries.

WEGA, Steady Sound, Digital Reality Creation, CineMotion, BN Smoother, Memory Stick, Memory Stick Duo, Memory Stick PRO, Memory Stick PRO Duo, MagicGate, MID and Twin View are trademarks of Sony Corporation. i.LINK is a trademark of Sony Corporation and used only to designate that a product contains an IEEE 1394 connector. All products with an i.LINK connector may not communicate with each other.

PlayStation is a trademark of Sony Computer Entertainment, Inc.

This TV is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

This TV incorporates High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI™) technology.

HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.

4

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)



Important Safety Instructions 1) Read these instructions.

2) Keep these instructions.

3) Heed all warnings.

4) Follow all instructions.

5) Do not use this apparatus near water.

6) Clean only with dry cloth.

7) Do not block any ventilation openings. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

8) Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat.

9) Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or grounding-type plug. A polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fit into your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet.

10) Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the apparatus.

11) Only use attachments/accessories specified by the manufacturer.

12) Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table specified by the manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over.

13) Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused for long periods of time.

14) Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Servicing is required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, the apparatus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate normally, or has been dropped.

Be sure to observe the TV’s “For Safety” section on page 6.

Antennas

Outdoor Antenna GroundingIf an outdoor antenna is installed, follow the precautions below. An outdoor antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can come in contact with such power lines or circuits.

WHEN INSTALLING AN OUTDOOR ANTENNA SYSTEM, EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO KEEP FROM CONTACTING SUCH POWER LINES OR CIRCUITS AS CONTACT WITH THEM IS ALMOST INVARIABLY FATAL.

Be sure the antenna system is grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges.

Section 810 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) in USA and Section 54 of the Canadian Electrical Code in Canada provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.

Antenna Grounding According to the NECRefer to section 54-300 of Canadian Electrical Code for Antenna Grounding.

Antenna lead-in wire

Ground clamps

Antenna lead-in wire (NEC Section 810-20)

Grounding conductors (NEC section 810-21)

Power service grounding electrode system (NEC Art 250 Part H)

Ground clamp

Electrical service equipment

NEC: National Electrical Code

(Continued)

5

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)



6

Cleaning

Clean the cabinet of the TV with a dry soft cloth. To remove dust from the screen, wipe it gently with a soft cloth. Stubborn stains may be removed with a cloth slightly dampened with solution of mild soap and warm water. Never use strong solvents such as thinner or benzine for cleaning. If the picture becomes dark after using the TV for a long period of time, it may be necessary to clean the inside of the TV. Consult qualified service personnel.

Unplug the AC power cord when cleaning this unit. Cleaning this unit with a plugged AC power cord may result in electric shock.

On Contamination on the Screen Surface The screen surface has a special coating to reduce reflections. To prevent screen damage, clean the screen as follows:

Clean the screen with a soft cloth. To remove hard contamination, use a cloth moistened with a

solution of mild detergent and water. Do not spray cleaning solution directly onto the TV. It should only be sprayed to moisten the cleaning cloth.

Do not use any type of abrasive pad, alkaline cleaner, acid cleaner, scouring powder, chemical cloth, or solvent such as alcohol, benzene or thinner, as these may scratch the screen’s coating.

Service

Damage Requiring ServiceDo not attempt to service the set by yourself since opening the cabinet may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards.

Unplug the set from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel.

Replacement PartsWhen replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician certifies in writing that he has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer that have the same characteristics as the original parts.

Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards.

See “Replacing the Lamp” on page 104.

For SafetyBe Careful When Moving the TVWhen you place the TV in position, be careful not to drop it on your foot or fingers.

Watch your footing while installing the TV.

Carry the TV in the Specified MannerIf you carry the TV in a manner other than the specified manner and without the specified number of persons, it may drop and a serious injury may be caused. Be sure to follow the instructions mentioned below.

Carry the TV with the specified number of persons (see page 13). Hold the TV tightly when carrying it. Before carrying the TV, disconnect any accessories or cables.

About the TVAlthough the TV is made with high-precision technology, black dots may appear or bright points of light (red, blue, or green) may appear constantly on the screen. This is a structural property of the panel and is not a defect.

Installation If direct sunlight or other strong illumination shines on the screen,

part of the screen may appear white due to reflections from behind the screen. This is a structural property of the TV.Do not expose the screen to direct illumination or direct sunlight.

The picture quality may be affected by your viewing position. For the best picture quality, install your TV according to “Recommended Viewing Area” on page 15.

Leave some space around your TV. Otherwise, adequate air-circulation may be blocked causing overheating and cause fire or damage the unit. For details, see “When Installing Your TV against a Wall” on page 14.

Projection Lamp Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. It is time to

replace the lamp with a new one (not supplied) when:• the lamp replacement indicator on the front panel blinks in red,• screen images become dark,• no image appears on the display after prolonged use.

In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp unit is designed to contain all of broken glass pieces inside the lamp unit. (See “Replacing the Lamp” on page 104.)

Disposal of Used BatteriesTo preserve our environment, dispose of used batteries according to your local laws or regulations.

Objects and Liquid EntryDo not place any objects on the unit.

The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.

Cooling FanThis TV uses a cooling fan. You may hear the noise of fan running, depending on the placement of your TV. The noise may be more noticeable during the night or when the background noise level is low.Also the noise of cooling fan may become louder when High Altitude is set to On.

Clean the rear cover area of the TV regularly. Dust in the rear cover area may cause a problem with the cooling system of the TV set.

POWER

STD/DUO

When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable pop sound. This is normal and is inherent in this type of lamp.

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US02TOC.fm


Contents

Introducing the TVWelcome................................................................ 9

Package Contents............................................ 9Features........................................................... 9

Enjoying Your TV................................................ 11Notes on the TV ............................................. 11Screen............................................................ 11Indicators ....................................................... 12Projection Lamp ............................................. 12

Installing the TV .................................................. 13Carrying Your TV ........................................... 13Take Precaution during Installation................ 13Preventing the TV from Toppling Over .......... 14When Installing Your TV against a Wall......... 14Recommended Viewing Area ........................ 15

TV Controls and Connectors ............................. 16Front Panel .................................................... 16Front Connectors ........................................... 17Rear Panel ..................................................... 18

Connecting the TVOverview.............................................................. 21

Making Video and Audio Connections ........... 21About Using S VIDEO.................................... 22About Using HDMI to DVI Adapter................. 22

Basic Connections ............................................. 23Cable System or VHF/UHF............................ 24Cable Box and Antenna ................................. 25Cable Box ...................................................... 26Satellite Receiver ........................................... 27Digital Cable Box or Digital Satellite Receiver ................................ 28Equipment with HDMI Connection ................. 29Equipment with DVI Connection .................... 30Equipment with Digital Audio (Optical)........... 31

Using the CableCARD Device............................ 32About Using the CableCARD Device............. 32Activating CableCARD Service...................... 32Removing the CableCARD Device ................ 33

Setting Up the Channel List............................... 34

Using Initial Setup ..........................................34Connecting Optional Equipment .......................35

VCR and Cable ..............................................36VCR and Cable Box .......................................37DVD Player with Component Video Connectors...........................................39DVD Player with S VIDEO and Audio Connectors ....................40Personal Computer ........................................41Camcorder or PlayStation ..............................42Audio Receiver ...............................................43

Watching the TVOverview ..............................................................45Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control.....45Button Descriptions............................................46Programming the Remote Control ....................48Using Other Equipment with Your Remote

Control...........................................................50Special Buttons on the Remote Control ...........51

Using the GUIDE Button ................................51Using the WIDE Button ..................................53Using the JUMP Button..................................54Using the FREEZE Button..............................54

Using Twin View..................................................55Displaying Twin Pictures ................................55Activating the Picture......................................55Changing the Picture Size..............................57

Using Favorite Channels....................................58Using the Channel Menu................................58Using the Favorite Channels Guide ...............59

Using the PC Input ..............................................60Displaying the PC Screen ..............................60

Using the Memory Stick ViewerAbout Memory Stick ...........................................61

Features .........................................................61Memory Stick Compatibility ............................61File Compatibility ............................................62

Inserting and Removing a Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo........................................63

(Continued)

7

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US02TOC.fm


Inserting a Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo.......................................... 63Removing a Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo.......................................... 63

Viewing Photo or Movie Files ............................ 64Using the Photo Viewer ................................. 65Using the Movie Viewer ................................. 66Using the Menu Bar Options.......................... 67Memory Stick Precautions ............................. 70Memory Stick Functionality ............................ 71

Using i.LINKConnecting i.LINK Devices ................................ 73Selecting an i.LINK Device................................. 75Using the i.LINK Control Panel.......................... 76i.LINK Setup ........................................................ 78

Using the SettingsOverview.............................................................. 79Accessing the Video Settings ........................... 81

Selecting Video Options................................. 81Selecting PC Video Options........................... 85

Accessing the Audio Settings ........................... 86Selecting Audio Options................................. 86Selecting PC Audio Options........................... 87

Accessing the Screen Settings ......................... 88Selecting Screen Options .............................. 88

Accessing the Channel Settings ....................... 90Selecting Channel Options ............................ 90

Accessing the Parental Lock Settings.............. 92Selecting Parental Lock Options.................... 92Viewing Blocked Programs ............................ 93Selecting Custom Rating Options .................. 94

Accessing the Setup Settings ........................... 96Selecting Setup Options ................................ 96Programming Caption Vision ......................... 98Selecting PC Setup Options .......................... 99

Accessing the Applications Settings.............. 101Selecting Applications Options .................... 101

Other InformationOverview............................................................ 103Contacting Sony ............................................... 103Replacing the Lamp.......................................... 104

How to Replace the Lamp............................ 105Troubleshooting ............................................... 108

Twin View..................................................... 108

Remote Control ............................................108CableCARD Device......................................109Memory Stick................................................109Video ............................................................111Audio ............................................................111Channels ......................................................112General.........................................................113

Specifications ...................................................115

IndexIndex...................................................................117

8

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US03WEL.fm


Introducing the TV

Intro

du

cing

the T

V

WelcomeThank you for purchasing this Sony SXRD projection TV. This manual is for models KDS-R50XBR1 and KDS-R60XBR1.

Package Contents Along with your new TV, the packing box contains a remote control and two AA (R6) batteries. See page 116 for the complete list of packaging contents.

Features Some of the features that you will enjoy with your new TV include:

SXRD: SXRD is a Silicon X-tal Reflective Display technology that delivers high-level resolution, greater contrast ratio, faster response speed and film-like reproduction compared to other conventional devices.

WEGA Engine: Delivers superb picture quality from any video source by minimizing the signal deterioration caused by digital-to-analog conversion and stabilizing the signal processing. This engine features unique Sony technology, including:

The first step in the digital processing system, Composite Component Processor (CCP-X), which enhances input signal-to-noise ratio by chroma decoder digital processing.

DRC® (Digital Reality Creation)-MF V2: Unlike conventional line doublers, the DRC Multifunction feature replaces the signal’s NTSC waveform with the near-HD equivalent by digital mapping processing. The DRC Palette option lets you customize the level of detail (Reality) and smoothness (Clarity) to create up to three custom palettes.

IFP (Image Format Processor): The Digital Texture Enhancer function of this chip provides the optimal contrast by utilizing a wide dynamic range. This chip also reduces signal noise, by using an improved motion vector algorithm, while maintaining image sharpness.

Advanced Iris: This advance iris shutter works automatically open and close according to the incoming signal level to create brighter whites and better contrast in dark scenes.

Integrated HDTV: You can watch digital television programs and enjoy the improved audio/video quality offered by these programs.

CineMotion®: Using the reverse 3-2 pull down technology, the CineMotion feature provides smoother picture movement when playing back movies or other video sources on film.

(Continued)

9

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Introducing the TV



BN Smoother™: Reduces the block noise caused by digital video encoding and decoding process.

S-master Full Digital Amplifier: Delivers superb clear dialog and reproduces the original sound quality while minimizing any sound fragmentation or jitter noise.

Wide Screen Mode: Allows you to watch 4:3 normal broadcasts in wide screen mode (16:9 aspect ratio).

Twin View®: Twin View allows you to watch two programs side by side with the ability to zoom in on one picture and listen to the program in the selected window. You can watch pictures from two different sources (480i) simultaneously.

Memory Stick Viewer: Allows you to view digital photos (JPEG) and movies (MPEG1) from Memory Stick media on your TV screen.

Favorite Channels: Allows you to select from 16 of your favorite channels without leaving the current channel.

CableCARD™ slot: Provides cable subscribers with access to digitally encrypted cable channels — without the need for a set-top box — that will enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high definition television. The CableCARD device, which is provided by your cable TV company, is inserted into the TV’s rear panel CableCARD slot. After the service is activated with your cable TV company, the card replaces the need for a separate set-top box. (Check with your cable TV company about CableCARD service details, limitations, pricing, and availability. For more information about the CableCARD device in this manual, see page 32.)

PC input: Allows you to connect your PC and display the PC screen on your TV.

HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface): Provides an uncompressed, all-digital audio/video interface between this TV and any HDMI-equipped audio/video component, such as a set-top box, DVD player, and A/V receiver. HDMI supports enhanced, or high-definition video, plus two-channel digital audio.

i.LINK: Provides a secure digital interface to other digital home entertainment devices. i.LINK allows for the secure transfer of copyright-protected high-definition content between these devices and your TV.

10

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Introducing the TVIn

trod

ucin

g th

e TV



Enjoying Your TVTo enjoy your TV for years to come and maintain its original picture quality, you should perform periodic maintenance.

Notes on the TV To enjoy clear picture

Prevent sunlight or other light sources from shining directly on to the screen.

The screen surface is easily scratched. Do not rub, touch, or tap it with sharp or abrasive objects (see “On Contamination on the Screen Surface” on pages 6).

When not using the TV for a long period of time

Unplug the AC power cord from the outlet if you anticipate not using the TV for more than a week.

When turning off the power

The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes. Allow several minutes before unplugging from the outlet or switching the breaker off.

On moisture condensation

If your TV is moved directly from a cold to a warm location or is placed in a humid room, or if the room temperature changes suddenly, the picture may blur or show poor color. This is caused by moisture condensation on the lenses inside. Wait a few hours to let the moisture evaporate before turning on the TV. When the condensation has evaporated, the picture will return to normal.

Screen To minimize reflection, the screen surface has a special coating. Inappropriate cleaning methods could damage the screen surface. Special care is required.

Cleaning the Screen Surface

Dust and dirt on the screen can affect the picture quality. To dust off the screen use a soft cloth. Be sure to follow the cleaning instruction on page 6 for stubborn stains and dirt.

11

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Introducing the TV



Indicators

The indicators show the current status of your TV. If there is a change in the condition or a problem with the TV, the indicators will flash or light up in the manner described below to let you know that it requires your attention.

Projection Lamp Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. As with any lamp, it has limited life and needs to be replaced when the Lamp indicator flashes or the screen becomes darker. Note the following: After turning on your TV, it may take a while (1 minute or less) before

the picture appears.

When the projection lamp wears out, the screen goes dark. Replace the lamp with a new Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp (not supplied).

Indicator Flashing because...

POWER/STANDBY flashing

Green The lamp for the light source is preparing to turn on. When it is ready, it turns on.

Red The lamp door or the lamp is not securely attached. The red indicator will continue to flash in intervals of three blinks at a time until the lamp door or the lamp is placed correctly. The red indicator is on when i.LINK STANDBY is on or when your TV is in the PC power saving mode.

LAMP indicator flashes

The projection lamp has burned out. Replace it with new one (see page 104).

TIMER indicatoris lit

When one of the timers is set the indicator will remain lit (will not flash) even when the TV is turned off.

POWER/STANDBYPOWER

LAMP TIMERSTD/DUO

Indicators

Screen

How to replace the lamp, see page 104.

The light emitted from the lamp is quite bright when your TV is in use. To avoid eye discomfort or injury, do not look into the light housing when the power is on.

12

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)


trod

ucin

g th

e TV



Installing the TV

Carrying Your TV Carrying the TV requires at least two people. Do not hold the TV by the pedestal or the front panel. Doing so may cause these parts to break off.

When moving the TV, place one hand in the hole on the lower portion of the TV while grasping the top with the other hand, as shown in the illustration below.

If you have connected cables and cords, be sure to unplug them before moving the TV.

Take Precaution during Installation

To ensure the safety of children and the TV, keep children away from the TV during installation. Climbing on or pushing the TV or its stand may cause it to fall and damage the TV.

Do not carry the TV by grasping only the front panels.

Do not grasp the pedestal or the front panel of the TV.

13

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Introducing the TV



14

Preventing the TV from Toppling Over

As a protective measure, secure the TV as follows.

Using the TV stand with support belts Sony strongly recommends using the SU-GW12 TV stand with a

support belt designed for your TV.

When Installing Your TV against a Wall

Keep your TV at least 4 inches (10 cm) away from the wall to provide proper ventilation.Blocking the ventilation opening of the cooling fan may cause a damage on the TV.

Allow this much space;

When using the SU-GW12 stand for your TV, you must use the support belt.

*You need to stretch the belt diagonally to attach it to the TV.

*

POWER/STANDBYPOWER

LAMP TIMERSTD/DUO

4 inches(10 cm)

4 inches(10 cm)

4 inches(10 cm)

11 7/8 inches(30 cm)

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)


trod

ucin

g th

e TV



Recommended Viewing Area

Your viewing position may affect the picture quality.

For the best picture quality, install your TV within the areas shown below.

Model Viewing distanceKDS-R50XBR1 min. 6.6 ft. (approx. 2.0 m)KDS-R60XBR1 min. 7.0 ft. (approx. 2.2 m)

POWER

30˚

30˚

KDS-R60XBR1KDS-R50XBR1

min. 7.0 ft. (approx. 2.2 m)min. min. 6.8 ft.

6.8 ft. (approx. (approx. 2.1 m2.1 m)

min. 6.6 ft. (approx. 2.0 m)POWER

65.65.

6565˚

65˚

65˚

min. 6.6 ft. (approx. 2.0 m)

min. 6.6 ft. (approx. 2.0 m)50" 50"


KDS-R60XBR1

.9 ft. (approx. 1.8 m)

.9 ft. (approx. 1.8 m)

S-R60XBR1

S-R60XBR1


KDS-R50XBR1

Horizontal Viewing Area Vertical Viewing Area

15

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Introducing the TV



TV Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

POWER/STANDBYPOWER

LAMP TIMERSTD/DUO

3

#

TV/VIDEO

VOLUME

CHANNEL

3

#

MENUPOWER/STANDBY

POWERLAMPTIMER

54

0

21 3

9

6

7

8

Item Description

1 POWER/STANDBY LED

Lights up in green when the TV is turned on. If the LED blinks in red continuously, this may indicate the display unit needs servicing (see “Contacting Sony” on page 2). When the red LED blinks only three times, the lamp door of the lamp unit or the lamp itself is not securely attached (see page 106). The red indicator is on when i.LINK STANDBY is on or when your TV is in the PC power saving mode.

2 TIMER LED When lit, indicates one of the timers is set. When it is set, this LED will remain lit even if the TV is turned off. For details, see page 101.

3 LAMP LED Lights up in red when the lamp for the light source has burned out. For details, see “Replacing the Lamp” on page 104.

4 (IR) Infrared Receiver

Receives IR signals from the remote control.Do not put anything near the sensor, as its function may be affected.

5 POWER Press to turn on and off the TV.

6 Speaker Outputs audio signal.

7 CHANNEL +/– Press to scan through channels. To scan quickly through channels, press and hold either – or +.

8 VOLUME +/– Press to adjust the volume.

9 TV/VIDEO

Press to confirm the selection or setting.Press repeatedly to cycle through the video equipment connected to the TV’s video inputs.

q; MENU Press to display the TV on-screen setting and activate the , B, b, v, and V buttons. Press again to exit the TV on-screen setting and activate the TV/VIDEO, VOLUME +/– and CHANNEL +/– buttons.

The CHANNEL + button has a tactile dot. Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the TV.

16

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)


trod

ucin

g th

e TV



Front Connectors

Item Description

1 Memory Stick indicator

When lit, indicates that the Memory Stick is being read. (Do not remove the Memory Stick when the indicator is lit.)

2 Memory Stick slot For inserting Memory Stick media to view on your TV. For details, See “Inserting and Removing a Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo” on page 63.

3 i.LINK Connects to the i.LINK jack on your i.LINK-compatible portable device. Provides a secure digital connection between your TV and i.LINK-compatible portable device, such as a digital video camcorder.

4 S VIDEO Connects to the S VIDEO OUT jack of your VCR, camcorder, or other S VIDEO-equipped video component. Provides better picture quality than the VHF/UHF jacks or the VIDEO IN jack.

5 VIDEO/L(MONO)-AUDIO-R

Connects to the audio and video OUT jacks on your VCR or other video component.

5421 3

POWER/STANDBYPOWER

LAMP TIMERSTD/DUO

S VIDEO(DV/HDV/MICROMV/TS) VIDEO

VIDEO 2 INPUT

L(MONO) - AUDIO - R

i.LINK S400

STD/DUO

Push up to openthe front panel

using the smalllip on the panel.

Front panel connectors are under the front panel cover

17

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Introducing the TV



Rear Panel

RG

B

PC

IN

8

AU

DIO

VHF/UHF

CABLE

1

9

5

4

3

AUDIO OUT

(VAR/FIX)

VIDEO IN

1 3 4 5IN OUT

CONTROL SHD/DVD IN(1080i/720p/480p/480i)

IN6 7

AUDIO IN

6

7

8

0

qa

qs

2

DIGITAL AUDIO(OPTICAL)OUTPCM/DOLBY DIGITAL

S400i.LINK(DV/HDV/MICROMV/TV)

Jack Description

1 CABLE Connects to your cable signal. This CABLE input jack, in conjunction with the VHF/UHF input jack, lets you set up your TV to switch between scrambled channels (coming through a cable box) and unscrambled cable channels. For details, see page 25.

2 VHF/UHF Connects to your VHF/UHF antenna or cable box output jack.

3 CableCARD slot CableCARD provides cable subscribers with access to secure, digitally encrypted cable channels — without the need for a set-top box — that will enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high definition television. For details, see page 32.

4 VIDEO 8 (PC) IN Connect to the video output connector and audio output jack on your personal computer. For details, see page 41.

5 HDMI (VIDEO 6 IN and VIDEO 7 IN)

HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) provides an uncompressed, all-digital audio/video interface between this TV and any HDMI-equipped audio/video component, such as a set-top box, DVD player, and A/V receiver. HDMI supports enhanced, or high-definition video, plus two-channel digital audio. You can also connect a DVI-equipped device to your TV by using an HDMI-to-DVI cable.

6 S VIDEO Connects to the S VIDEO OUT jack of your VCR, camcorder, or other S VIDEO-equipped video component. Provides better picture quality than the VHF/UHF jacks or the VIDEO IN jack.

7 VIDEO/L(MONO)-AUDIO-R

Connects to the audio and video OUT jacks on your VCR or other video component. A third video input (VIDEO 2) is located on the front panel of the TV.

18

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)


trod

ucin

g th

e TV



8 HD/DVD IN (1080i/ 720p/480p/480i)

Connects to your DVD player or digital set-top box’s component video (YPBPR) and audio (L/R) jacks.

9 AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) L/R

Connects to the left and right audio inputs of your audio or video component.

AUDIO OUT jacks are operable only when the TV’s Speaker is set to Off. For details, see page 87.

0 CONTROL S IN/OUT

To control other Sony equipment with the TV's remote control, connect the CONTROL S IN jack of the equipment to the CONTROL S OUT jack on the TV with the CONTROL S cable.To control the TV with the remote control of another Sony product, connect the CONTROL S OUT jack of the equipment to the CONTROL S IN jack on the TV with the CONTROL S cable.

qa i.LINK Connects to the i.LINK jack on your i.LINK device. Provides a secure digital connection between your TV and i.LINK device, such as digital VCRs and digital set-top boxes.

qs DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT(PCM/DOLBY* DIGITAL)

Connects to the optical audio input of a digital audio component that is PCM/Dolby digital compatible.

* Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

Jack Description

19

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)



KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US04INS.fm


Connecting the TV

Co

nn

ecting

the T

V

OverviewYour new SXRD projection TV can receive both analog and digital broadcasting signals from antenna, satellite and cable TV.

To display clear crisp pictures, you must connect your TV correctly and choose the correct display format (see “Using the WIDE Button” on page 53). It is strongly recommended to connect the antenna using a 75-ohm coaxial cable to receive optimum picture quality signal. A 300-ohm twin lead cable can be easily affected by radio noise and the like, resulting in signal deterioration. If you use a 300-ohm twin lead cable, keep it as far away as possible from the TV.

Making Video and Audio Connections

To get the most out of your TV, the input signals to the TV (and connected devices) should use the connections that provide the best video and audio performance. The chart below shows typical connectors that are currently available on the latest A/V devices.

* An adapter is necessary when you are connecting a DVI-equipped device to this TV (see page 22).

Best Video Performance Connector type

Separate audio connection required

HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface)

No

DVI (Digital Visual Interface) *

YesComponent video(480i/480p/720p/1080i)

S VIDEO

Composite video

RF/Coaxial No

L-AUDIO-RY PB PR

21

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



About Using S VIDEO

If the optional equipment you are connecting has an S VIDEO jack (shown at left), you can use an S VIDEO cable for improved picture quality (compared to an A/V cable). Because S VIDEO carries only the video signal, you also need to connect audio cables for sound, as shown below.

Example of an S VIDEO Connection

About Using HDMI to DVI Adapter

If you are connecting equipment with a DVI connector to this TV, you will need to use an adapter. You can use an HDMI-to-DVI cable or an HDMI adapter (not supplied). Both are available at your local electronics store.When you use the adapter, you will also need to use separate audio cables for sound because the DVI connector carries video signals only.

Cables are often color-coded to connectors.

Connect red to red, white to white, etc.

Rear of TV

S VIDEO cable

Equipment with S VIDEO

Audio cable

HDMI-to-DVI cable

Audio cableHDMI adapter

22

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



Basic ConnectionsThe way in which you connect your TV will vary, depending on how your home receives a signal (antenna and satellite; cable and cable box) and whether or not you plan to connect a VCR.

If you are connecting a VCR

See the connections described on pages 36 and 37.

If You Are Connecting See PageCable System or VHF/UHF No cable box or VCR

24

Cable Box and Antenna Cable box unscrambles only some

channels (usually premium channels) No VCR

25

Cable Box Cable box unscrambles all channels No VCR

26

Satellite Receiver

Digital Cable Box or Digital Satellite Receiver

Equipment with HDMI Connection

Equipment with DVI Connection

Equipment with Digital Audio (Optical)

2728293031

23

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



Cable System or VHF/UHF

For best results, use this connection if you:

Have a cable and/or an antenna.(This is convenient if you are using a separate rooftop antenna to receive additional channels that are not provided by your cable TV company.)

Do not have a cable box or VCR. (If you have a cable box, see pages 25 and 26. If you have a VCR, see pages 36 and 37.)

Notes on Using This Connection

Antenna SystemCable Type Connect As Shown

Cable TV (CATV) and Antenna

To Do This... Do This ...Switch the TV’s input between the cable and antenna

Press ANT to switch back and forth between the TV’s VHF/UHF and CABLE inputs.

Do not use an indoor antenna, which is especially susceptible to radio noise.

Antenna cable CATV cable

24

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



Cable Box and Antenna

For best results, use this connection if:

Your cable company scrambles some channels, such as premium channels (which requires you to use a cable box), but does not scramble all channels.

You do not have a VCR. (If you have a VCR, see pages 36 and 37.)

With this connection you can:

Use the TV’s remote control to change channels coming through the cable box to the TV’s CABLE input. (You must first program the remote control for your specific cable box; see “Programming the Remote Control” on page 48.)

Use the TV’s remote control to change channels coming directly into the TV’s VHF/UHF input jack.


Before connecting a cable box, see “Using

the CableCARD Device” on page 32.

IN OUT

CABLEVHF/UHF

CATV cable

Rear of TV

Antenna cable

Cable boxCoaxial cable

To Do This ... Do This ...Use the cable box Tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3

or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.

Set up the TV remote control to operate the cable box

Program the remote control. See “Programming the Remote Control” on page 48.

Activate the remote control to operate the cable box

Press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE indicator lights up.

Prevent the accidental switching of TV channels Use the Channel Fix setting to set the channels for the cable box. See “Accessing the Channel Settings” on page 90.

Switch the TV’s input between the cable box and antenna

Press ANT to switch back and forth between the TV’s VHF/UHF (antenna) and CABLE inputs.

25

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



Cable Box For best results, use this connection if:

Your cable company scrambles all channels, which requires you to use a cable box.

You do not have a VCR. (If you have a VCR, see pages 36 and 37.)

With this connection you can:

Use the TV’s remote control to change channels coming through the cable box to the TV’s VHF/UHF input jack. (You must first program the remote control for your specific cable box.)

To connect the cable box

1 Connect the CATV cable to the cable box’s input jack.

2 Use a coaxial cable to connect the cable box’s output jack to the TV’s VHF/UHF input jack.

3 Run Auto Program, as described in “Setting Up the Channel List” on page 34.


Before connecting a cable box, see “Using

the CableCARD Device” on page 32.

VHF/UHFCATV cable Coaxial cable

Rear of TV

Cable box

OUTIN

To do this... Do This ...

Use the cable box Tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.

Set up the TV remote control to operate the cable box

Program the remote control. See “Programming the Remote Control” on page 48.

Activate the remote control to operate the cable box

Press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE indicator lights up.

Prevent the accidental switching of TV channels Use the Channel Fix setting to set the channels for the cable box. See “Accessing the Channel Settings” on page 90.

26

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



Satellite Receiver Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.

1 Connect the satellite antenna cable to the satellite receiver’s SATELLITE IN jack.

2 Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the satellite receiver’s AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.

3 Use a coaxial cable to connect your cable to the TV’s CABLE jack, or your antenna to the TV’s VHF/UHF jack.

If your satellite receiver is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.

VHF/UHF

CABLE

Satellite receiver

A/V cable

VIDEO

Satellite antenna cable

S VIDEO

S VIDEO cable



AUDIO-LAUDIO-R

Coaxialcable

Rear of TV

27

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



Digital Cable Box or Digital Satellite Receiver

Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.

1 Connect the RF coaxial cable from the CATV or satellite dish to the input of the digital cable box or digital satellite receiver.

2 Use a component video cable to connect the digital cable box or satellite receiver’s YPBPR jacks to the TV’s YPBPR jacks. Use the HD/DVD IN 4 or 5 input.

3 Use an audio cable to connect the digital cable box or satellite receiver’s AUDIO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO IN jacks.

Component video (YPBPR) connection is necessary to view 480p, 720p, and 1080i formats. Note that this TV displays all format types of picture in a resolution of 1920 dots x 1080 lines.

The YPBPR jacks do not provide audio, so audio cables must be connected to provide sound.

Rear of TVY

PB

PR

AUDIO-L

AUDIO-R

Audio cable

Component video cable

Digital cable box or satellite receiver



RF coaxial cable

OUT

IN

28

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



Equipment with HDMI Connection

Use this hookup if: Your equipment has a High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI).


Using an HDMI cable, connect the equipment’s HDMI OUT jack to the TV’s HDMI IN jack.

z The HDMI jack provides both video and audio signals, so it is not necessary to connect an audio cable.

IN

Rear of TV

HDMI cable

Equipment with HDMI output

29

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



Equipment with DVI Connection


If you are connecting with DVI-HDTV output, you can connect to the TV’s HDMI IN jack by using an HDMI-to-DVI cable or an adapter (both not supplied).

IN

Rear of TV

HDMI-to-DVI cable or adapter

Audio cable

Equipment with DVI output

AUDIO-R

AUDIO-L



When using a HDMI-to-DVI cable or an adapter, be sure to connect the DVI output connector first; then connect to the HDMI input on your TV.

30

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



Equipment with Digital Audio (Optical)


You can use the TV’s DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack to connect a digital audio device that is PCM/Dolby Digital compatible, such as an audio amplifier.

Using an optical audio cable, connect the device’s OPTICAL IN jack to the TV’s DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack.

You should also connect the TV’s analog audio output jacks to the amplifier's analog audio input jacks so that the amplifier can output audio for analog channels. For details, see page 43.

OPTICALIN

LINEOUT

L AUDIO R

LINEIN


Optical audio cable

Rear of TV

Audio amplifier

The DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack is available when the TV receives a digital TV

channel.

31

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



Using the CableCARD DeviceThe CableCARD device provides cable subscribers with access to digitally encrypted cable channels — without the need for a set-top box — that will enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high definition television. The CableCARD device, which is provided by your cable TV company, is inserted into the TV’s rear panel CableCARD slot. After the service is activated with your cable TV company, the card replaces the need for a separate set-top box.

About Using the CableCARD Device

If you are planning to use a separate cable box for digital cable TV services, you may be able to receive programming using this TV with the CableCARD device instead — except in the following circumstances: Your cable TV company does not provide CableCARD service in your

viewing area. You want to access your cable TV company’s interactive or advanced

features (such as video-on-demand or, in some cases, pay-per-view). At this time, these services require a bidirectional link, which are only available through the use of a separate set-top box. CableCARD device is currently a unidirectional device only, and cannot provide these advanced services.

Check with your cable TV company for CableCARD service details, limitations, pricing, and availability, all of which are determined by your cable TV company — not Sony.

Activating CableCARD Service

Before you can use CableCARD service, you need to insert the CableCARD device (supplied by your cable TV company) and activate the service, as described below:

1 Insert the CableCARD device into the CableCARD slot.

2 Gently push the card into the slot until it locks into place.

3 After 1-2 minutes, the CableCARD device setup screen is automatically displayed. This screen includes information your cable TV company will request before they can activate your service.

CAUTION: When inserting the CableCARD device, the rear side of the card should be on your left side. Inserting the CableCARD incorrectly may result in permanent damage to the card and the TV.

zYou can also access information about your CableCARD device in the Applications settings (see page 102).

32

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



4 Follow the displayed instructions: Phone your cable TV company. A representative will guide you through the activation process.

5 After your CableCARD device is activated, your cable TV company will download the service information, including the channel list, to the the CableCARD device. After the CableCARD device has acquired channels from your cable TV company, the TV tunes to the lowest available channel.

Removing the CableCARD Device

In the event you want to cancel your service, contact your cable TV company.

1 Push the eject button on the CableCARD slot to release the card.

2 Pull the CableCARD device straight out of the slot to remove it.

To install a different CableCARD device, follow the instructions in “Activating CableCARD Service” on page 32.

Once the CableCARD device is removed, your TV will no longer decrypt digital cable TV programming services that require CableCARD.

Eject button

33

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



Setting Up the Channel ListAfter you finish connecting the TV, you can run the Initial Setup to create a list of available analog and digital channels. The Initial Setup screen appears when you turn on the TV for the first time after hooking it up. If you choose to set up the channels at a later time, select the Auto Program option in the Channel setting to scan available channels (see below).

Using Initial Setup To run Initial Setup the first time you turn on your TV

1 Press to turn on the TV. The Initial Setup screen appears.

2 Press V or v to highlight the on-screen display language. Then press

. The message “First please connect cable/antenna.” appears. This may require 50+ minutes for completion and “Start auto program now?” appears.

3 Press V or v to highlight “Yes” then press .

Auto Program performed through Initial Setup will automatically create a list of receivable channels from both VHF/UHF antenna and cable TV channels if both sources are connected.

To run Auto Program again at a later time

Use the Auto Program feature as described on page 90.

To add individual digital channels

Use the Digital Channels feature as described on page 90.

The Intitial Setup feature does not apply for installations that use a cable box for all channel selection.

Auto Program may take a while (20 to 50 minutes) to complete. A progress bar is displayed while available channels are being scanned. If you cancel the Auto Program before all receivable channels are scanned, you may want to perform the task later (see “To run Auto Program again at a later time” below).

If you selected “No” during the Initial Setup, the Initial Setup message will appear each time you turn on the TV as a reminder until you complete the Auto Program.

34

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



Connecting Optional EquipmentYou can connect a variety of optional equipment to your TV. This section provides some of the individual connections you can make. For multiple connections, refer to the separate Quick Setup Guide.

If You Are Connecting See Page

VCR and Cable 36

VCR and Cable Box 37

DVD Player with Component Video Connectors 39

DVD Player with S VIDEO and Audio Connectors 40

Personal Computer 41

Camcorder or PlayStation 42

Audio Receiver 43

35

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



VCR and Cable Use this hookup if: You have cable TV that does not require a cable box.


1 Connect the CATV cable to the single (input) jack of the splitter.

2 Use a coaxial cable to connect one of the output jack of the splitter to the TV’s CABLE jack.

3 Use a coaxial cable to connect the splitter’s other output jack to the VCR’s input jack.

4 Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the VCR’s AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.

If your VCR is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.

VHF/UHF

CABLE

Coaxial cable

Rear of TV

VIDEO

VCR

A/V cable

S VIDEO

S VIDEO cable



Coaxial cable

CATV cable

SplitterAUDIO-R

AUDIO-L

36

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



VCR and Cable Box Use this hookup if: Your cable TV company scrambles some channels, but not all of them

(pay channels vs. regular cable channels) and you need to use a cable box.

With this connection you can: Use the TV’s remote control to change channels on your cable box

when the signal is scrambled. To program your Sony remote control to operate your cable box, see “Programming the Remote Control” on page 48.

Use the TV’s remote control to change channels on your TV when the signal is not scrambled. Your TV’s tuner provides a better picture quality than the output of your cable box.


1 Connect the CATV cable to the single (input) jack of the splitter.

2 Use a coaxial cable to connect one of the output jack of the splitter to the TV’s CABLE jack.

3 Use a coaxial cable to connect the splitter’s other output jack to the cable box’s input jack.

4 Use a coaxial cable to connect the cable box’s output jack to the VCR’s RF input jack.

5 Use an A/V cable to connect the cable box’s A/V output jacks to the TV’s A/V input jacks.

6 Use an A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the VCR’s AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.

7 Run Initial Setup, as described in “Setting Up the Channel List” on page 34.

Before connecting a cable box, see “Using the

CableCARD Device” on page 32.

If your VCR is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.

To view scrambled channels, tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.

(Continued)

37

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



VHF/UHF

CABLE

6

Cable box

Rear of TV

A/V cable



If you are connecting a digital cable box, you will

need a special bi-directional splitter

designed to work with your cable box.

A/V cable

S VIDEO cable

CATV cable

VIDEO

AUDIO-L

AUDIO-RVCR

Splitter

Coaxial cable

VIDEOAUDIO-L

AUDIO-R

Coaxial cable

Coaxial cable

38

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



DVD Player with Component Video Connectors

Use this hookup if: Your DVD player has component (YPBPR) jacks.


1 Use a component video cable to connect the DVD player’s YPBPR jacks to the TV’s YPBPR jacks. Use the HD/DVD IN 4 or 5 input.

2 Use an audio cable to connect the DVD player’s AUDIO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO IN jacks. Be sure to use the same row of inputs that you used for the video connection (HD/DVD IN 4 or 5).

The YPBPR jacks on your DVD player are sometimes labeled YCBCR, or Y, B-Y and R-Y. If so, connect the cables to like colors.

Component video cable

Rear of TV

Audio cable

DVD player

AUDIO-RAUDIO-L

YPB

PR



To take advantage of the Wide Mode feature, set the DVD player’s aspect ratio to 16:9. For details, refer to the operating instructions supplied with your DVD player.

39

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



DVD Player with S VIDEO and Audio Connectors

Use this hookup if: Your DVD player does not have component (YPBPR) jacks.


1 Use an A/V cable to connect the DVD player’s AUDIO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO IN jacks.

2 Use an S VIDEO cable to connect the DVD player’s S VIDEO jack to the TV’s S VIDEO jack.



DVD player

Rear of TV

A/V cable

S VIDEOcable

S VIDEO

AUDIO-R

AUDIO-L

VIDEO

If your DVD player is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.

To watch the DVD, press TV/VIDEO repeatedly to select the DVD input (VIDEO 1 in the illustration). If you have a non-Sony DVD player and want to set up the TV remote control to operate it, you must program the remote control. See “Programming the Remote Control” on page 48.

To control DVD functions with the TV remote control, See “Operating a DVD Player” on page 50.

To easily identify equipment connected to the TV, see “Label Video Inputs” on page 96.

40

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



Personal Computer To connect a PC (personal computer)

If you connect your PC to the TV, you can watch your personal computer’s display on the TV.

When your PC is connected to the TV with the HD15-HD15 cable and optional audio cable, you can view and listen to the PC’s video and audio output on the TV.

zWhen connecting to an Apple Macintosh computer, use the HD15-HD15 cable to connect PC IN of the TV to the video output connector of the computer. For some Apple Macintosh computers, it may be necessary to use an adapter (not supplied). If this is the case, connect the adapter to the computer before connecting the HD15-HD15 cable.

z If the picture is noisy or flickering, adjust the Phase and Pitch in the Screen settings on page 99.

PC

IN 8 AU

DIO

RG

B

HD15-HD15 cable (analog RGB)

Audio cable (stereo mini plugs)

To monitor port (15-pin D-Sub)

To audio output jack

Rear of TV

41

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TV



Camcorder or PlayStation


For easy connection to a camcorder or PlayStation, the TV has front audio and video inputs (shown below).

Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the camcorder or PlayStation AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TV’s AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.

If your camcorder is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.

S VIDEO VIDEO

VIDEO 2 INPUT

L(MONO) - AUDIO - R

To A/V output jacks

Front Panel

Camcorder

S VIDEO

VIDEO

AUDIO-LAUDIO-R

To S VIDEO jack

PlayStation

S VIDEO cable

A/V cable

or

42

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Connecting the TVC

on

nectin

g th

e TV



Audio Receiver For improved sound quality, you may want to play the TV’s audio through your stereo system (see page 87).


Using an audio cable, connect the TV’s AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) jacks to the audio receiver’s audio LINE IN jacks.

AUDIO OUT jacks are operable only when the TV's Speaker is set to Off.

AUDIO OUT

(VAR/FIX)

Rear of TV

AUDIO-L AUDIO-R

Audio cable

Lineinput


Connect red to red, white to white, etc.Audio receiver

43

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US05REM.fm


Watching the TV

Watch

ing

the T

V

OverviewThis chapter includes the following topics:

Inserting Batteries into the Remote ControlInsert two size AA (R6) batteries (supplied) by matching the e and E on the batteries to the diagram inside the battery compartment.

Topic Page

Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control 45

Button Descriptions 46

Programming the Remote Control 48

Manufacturer’s Codes 49

Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control 50

Special Buttons on the Remote Control 51

To avoid possible damage from battery leakage, remove the batteries if you anticipate the remote control will not be used for an extended period.

Handle the remote control with care. Avoid dropping it, getting it wet, or placing it in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in high humidity.

Your remote control can be programmed to operate most video equipment. (See “Programming the Remote Control” on page 48)

e

e

EE

Use a coin to unscrew the lock

45

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TV



Button Descriptions

Button Description1 MUTING Press to mute the sound. Press again or press VOL + to

unmute.

2 FUNCTION Press repeatedly until the indicator of the equipment (TV, SAT/CABLE, DVD/VCR, i.LINK) that you want to operate lights up.

3 Press repeatedly to cycle through the available audio effect modes: Dolby Virtual, TruSurround, Simulated, Off.For details, see “Selecting Audio Options” on page 86.

4 SLEEP Press repeatedly until the TV displays the time in minutes (15, 30, 45, 60 or 90) that you want the TV to remain on before shutting off. To cancel Sleep Timer, press SLEEP repeatedly until Off appears.

5 GUIDE Press to display the digital TV program guide.

While FUNCTION is switched to SAT/CABLE, press to display the program guide of your satellite program provider.

6 Use with 0-9 and ENTER buttons to select digital channels (for example, 2.1). For details on selecting digital channels, see page 90.

7 PICTURE Press repeatedly to cycle through the available video picture modes: Vivid, Standard, Pro. The video picture modes can be also accessed in the Video setting. For details, see “Selecting Video Options” on page 81.

8 WIDE Press repeatedly to cycle through the wide screen mode setting: Wide Zoom, Normal, Full and Zoom. For details, see “Using the WIDE Button” on page 53.

9 V/v/B/b

X/x/m/M

When the setting is displayed, move the on-screen cursor.

X: Pausex: Stopm: Fast-ReverseM: Fast-Forward

q; H: Play

: When the setting is displayed, select the item.

qa (Twin View)

Press to turn on/off Twin View. For details, see “Using Twin View” on page 55.

qs ANT

INDEX

Press to change between the VHF/UHF input and the CABLE input.

While FUNCTION is switched on SAT/CABLE, press to display index of your satellite program provider.

qd VOL +/– Press to adjust the volume.

z The 5 button and CH+ button have a tactile dot. Use the tactile as a reference when operating the remote control.

46

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TVW

atchin

g th

e TV



qf POWER buttons

Press to turn on and on/off the TV and other audio/video equipment you have programmed into the remote control. For details, see “Programming the Remote Control” on page 48.

qg REC

RESET

Record

Press when in a menu to reset the settings to the factory defaults.

RESET menu does not operate when in PC menu, Advanced Video, and White Balance.

qh TV/VIDEO Press to cycle through the video equipment connected to your TV’s video inputs: TV, VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2, VIDEO 3, VIDEO 4, VIDEO 5, VIDEO 6, VIDEO 7 and VIDEO 8.

qj DISPLAY Press once to display the current time and channel label (if set) and channel number. Press again to turn Display off. See page 102 for details on setting the time.

qk JUMP Press to jump back and forth between two channels. The TV alternates between the current channel and the last channel that was selected.

ql 0 – 9 and ENTER

Press 0 - 9 to select a channel: the channel changes after 3 seconds. Press ENTER to change channels immediately.

w; FAVORITES Press to display the Favorite Channels list. For details, see “Using Favorite Channels” on page 58.

wa FREEZE Press to freeze the current picture. Press again to restore the picture. For details, see “Using the FREEZE Button” on page 54.

ws i.LINK Press to display the i.LINK Control Panel. For details on using the i.LINK Control Panel, see page 76. Also available in the Applications setting (page 101).

wd

MEMORY STICK

Press to display the Memory Stick Menu.For details, see “Using the Memory Stick Viewer” on page 61.

wf MENU Press to display the TV on-screen setting. Press again to exit from the setting.

wg CH +/– Press to scan through channels. To scan quickly through the channels, press and hold down either +/– button.

wh EXIT Press to exit the on-screen setting or display and return to normal viewing.

Button Description

47

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TV

48



KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Programming the Remote ControlThe remote control is preset to operate Sony brand video equipment.

If you have video equipment other than Sony brand that you want to control with the TV’s remote control, use the following procedure to program the remote control.

1 Turn to the list of “Manufacturer’s Codes” on page 49, and find the three-digit code number for the manufacturer of your equipment. (If more than one code number is listed, use the number listed first.)

2 Press repeatedly until the DVD/VCR, SAT/CABLE or i.LINK indicator lights up.

3 Press for five seconds until the indicator of the selected input flashes.

4 While the desired indicator is flashing, enter the three-digit manufacturer’s code number.

5 Press .

To check if the code number works Aim the TV’s remote control at the equipment and press that corresponds with that equipment. If it responds, you are done. If not, try using another code listed for that manufacturer.

Function Equipment Programmable Code Number

DVD/VCR Sony Dream System 751

SAT/CABLE Sony Satellite Receiver 801

i.LINK Sony DVD player (i.LINK) 901

The equipment must have infrared (IR) remote capability in order to be used with the remote control.

You must do step 5 within 10 seconds of step 4, or you must redo steps 4 through 5.

If no code is input within the above specified time, or an invalid or incorrect code number is input, the remote control automatically goes back to the previous setting.

In some cases, you may not be able to program your remote control to operate other equipment. In such cases, use the equipment’s own remote control.

Removing the batteries or using dead batteries may cause the programmed codes to be lost and revert back to the factory setting. Reprogramming the codes may be necessary.

4

23

5FUNCTION

SAT/CABLE

SAT/CABLE

Watching the TVW

atchin

g th

e TV



Manufacturer’s Codes

DVD Players

Laserdisc Players

VCRs

Manufacturer CodeSony 751Sony (i.LINK) 901General Electric 755Hitachi 758JVC 756Magnavox 757Mitsubishi 761Oritron 759Panasonic 753Philips 757Pioneer 752, 778RCA/PROSCAN 755Samsung 758Toshiba 754Zenith 760

Manufacturer CodeSony 701Panasonic 704, 710Pioneer 702

Manufacturer CodeSony 301, 302, 303Admiral (M. Ward)

327

Aiwa* 338, 344Audio Dynamic 314, 337Broksonic 317, 319Canon 308, 309Citizen 332Craig 302, 332Criterion 315Curtis Mathes 304, 309, 338Daewoo 309, 312, 341DBX 314, 336, 337Dimensia 304Emerson 316, 317, 318, 319,

320, 341Fisher 330, 335Funai 338General Electric 304, 309, 329Go Video 322, 339, 340Goldstar 332Hitachi 304, 305, 306, 338Instant Replay 308, 309

Manufacturer CodeJC Penney 304 305, 309, 314,

330, 336, 337JVC 314, 336, 337, 345,

346, 347Kenwood 314, 332, 336, 337LG 332LXI (SEARS) 305, 330, 332, 335,

338Magnavox 308, 309, 310Marantz 314, 336, 337Marta 332Memorex 309, 335Minolta 304, 305Mitsubishi/MGA

323, 324, 325, 326

Multitech 321, 325, 338NEC 314, 336, 337Olympic 308, 309Optimus 327Orion 317Panasonic 306, 307, 308, 309Pentax 304, 305Philco 308, 309Philips 308, 309, 310Pioneer 308Quasar 306, 308, 309RCA/PROSCAN

304, 305, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 329

Realistic 309, 324, 328, 330, 335, 338

Sansui 314Samsung 313, 321, 322Sanyo 330, 335Scott 312, 313, 321, 323,

324, 325, 326, 335Sharp 327, 328Signature 2000 (M. Ward)

327, 338

SV2000 338Sylvania 308, 309, 310, 338Symphonic 338Tashiro 332Tatung 314, 336, 337Teac 314, 336, 337, 338Technics 308, 309Toshiba 311, 312Wards 327, 328, 331, 332,

335Yamaha 314, 330, 336, 337

KDS

Cable Boxes

Satellite Receivers

* If an Aiwa VCR does not work even though you enter the code for Aiwa, enter the code for Sony instead.

Manufacturer CodeZenith 331

Manufacturer CodeSony 230Hamlin/Regal 222, 223, 224, 225,

226Jerrold/General Inst./ Motorola

201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 218

Oak 227, 228, 229Panasonic 219, 220, 221Pioneer 211, 214, 215Scientific Atlanta 209, 210, 211Tocom 216, 217Zenith 212, 213

Manufacturer CodeSony 801Dish Network 810Echostar 810General Electric 802Hitachi 805Hughes 804Mitsubishi 809Panasonic 803RCA/PROSCAN 802, 808Toshiba 806, 807

49

-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TV



Using Other Equipment with Your Remote ControlTo operate other equipment connected to your TV, first turn to page 48 and program the necessary code. For operating video equipment, press TV/VIDEO repeatedly until you see the video input on screen for your connected equipment. Remote control tips are provided below.

Operating a VCR

Operating a Satellite Receiver

Operating a Cable Box

Operating a DVD Player

Operating an MDP (Laserdisc Player)

To Do This ... Press To Do This ... PressActivate the remote control to operate the VCR

FUNCTION repeatedly until the DVD/VCR indicator lights up.

Stop x

Fast forward M

Rewind the tape m

Turn on/off SAT/CABLE Pause X

Change channels CH +/– Search the picture forward or backward

M or m during playback (release to resume normal playback)

Record z RECPlay

To Do This ... Press To Do This ... PressActivate the remote control to operate the satellite receiver

FUNCTION repeatedly until the SAT/CABLE indicator lights up.

Display channel number DISPLAYDisplay SAT Index INDEXDisplay SAT Guide GUIDE

Turn on/off SAT/CABLE Display SAT Menu MENUSelect a channel 0-9, ENTER Move highlight (cursor) V v B bChange channels CH +/– Select itemBack to previous channel JUMP

To Do This ... Press To Do This ... PressActivate the remote control to operate the cable box

FUNCTION repeatedly until the SAT/CABLE indicator lights up.

Select a channel 0-9, ENTERChange channels CH +/–Back to previous channel JUMP

Turn on/off SAT/CABLE

To Do This ... Press To Do This ... PressActivate the remote control to operate the DVD

FUNCTION repeatedly until the DVD/VCR indicator lights up.

Pause X

Step through different tracks of the disc

M to fast forward or m to step backward

Turn on/off SAT/CABLE Step through different chapters of a video disc

CH+ to fast forward or CH– to step backwardPlay

Stop x

To Do This ... Press To Do This ... PressActivate the remote control to operate the MDP

FUNCTION repeatedly until the indicator of the position you programmed for the MDP player lights up.

Pause X

Search the picture forward or backward

M or m during playback (release to resume normal playback)

Turn on/off SAT/CABLE Search a chapter forward or backward

CH +/–PlayStop x

50

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TVW

atchin

g th

e TV



Special Buttons on the Remote ControlThis TV comes with convenient features that can be accessed using special buttons on the remote control.

Using the GUIDE Button

This TV is equipped to show program information if it is available from the station. The Program Guide lets you review program information, and select both analog and digital channels.

To display the Program Guide:

1 Tune your TV to a channel by using the 0-9, , and ENTER buttons.

2 Press GUIDE on the TV’s remote control. The Program Guide will appear with the currently selected program showing in the background.

Program information in the guide is provided by the broadcasters. As a result, it may sometimes include only the channel number, without a program title or description.

Make Way for Ducks!

Series follows the aquatic misadventures of Henry and Riley, twowayward ducks on a unique mission.

Time remaining: 1:26

FAMTV-G CC

1 ABC

10 DISC

23.1 FAM

36 TLC

65 HIST

68 SHOW

C23.1

Channel number, call letters, etc.

Program title and description, program duration, time remaining, rating information, closed-caption availability, etc.

Selectable channel list.

(Continued)

51

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TV



Using the Program Guide

The Program Guide allows you to select the channels from a drop down list. The Guide also provides information about the current program being shown on each channel.

Using the Program Options Setting

The Program Options setting allows you to customize the program settings on the currently tuned channel.

Subchannels are additional channels of programming broadcast simultaneously. For example, channel 4 might include three subchannels (4.1, 4.2, 4.3) that are showing programs at the same time.

Option Description

Alternate Video(When available)

Each program has a main video stream (the video that you see when the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate video streams. This option allows you to switch among these alternate video streams.

Alternate Audio(When available)

Each program has a main audio stream (the audio you hear when the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate audio streams. This option allows you to switch among these alternate audio streams (e.g., for different languages).

Main

Video 1

Video 2

Video 3

Make Way for Ducks!

Series follows the aquatic misadventures of Henry and Riley, twowayward ducks on a unique mission.

Time remaining: 1:26 TV-G CC

Alternate Video

Alternate Audio

FAMC23.1

1 ABC

10 DISC

23.1 FAM

36 TLC

65 HIST

68 SHOW

52

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TVW

atchin

g th

e TV



Using the WIDE Button

Wide screen mode lets you watch 4:3 normal broadcasts in several wide screen modes (16:9 aspect ratio).

Wide Mode Wide Zoom

Wide Mode Normal

Wide Mode Full

Wide Mode Zoom

Wide Mode Wide Zoom

Wide Mode Full

Wide Mode Zoom

16:9 Original source(High definition source)

4:3 Original source(Standard definition source)

When the TV receives a 720p or 1080i signal, the Normal Wide Mode setting is not available.

zWhen the TV receives a 720p or 1080i signal that is 4:3 aspect ratio picture with a black bar at each side, Full returns the picture to its original size.

zYou can also access the Wide Mode settings in the Screen settings. For details, see page 88.

4:3 Original source

This mode is not available

16:9 Original source

Wide Zoom

Full

Zoom

Normal

Standard definition High definition

Changing the Wide Mode

53

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TV



Using the JUMP Button

The JUMP button allows you to jump back and forth between the current channel and the last channel that was selected.

Using the FREEZE Button

The FREEZE button allows you to temporarily capture a program’s picture. You can use this feature to write down information such as phone numbers, recipes, etc. To cancel FREEZE and return to normal viewing, press the FREEZE button again.

Previous channel

Freeze

Frozen picture

Currentprogram in

progress

54

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TVW

atchin

g th

e TV



Using Twin View Twin View lets you see two pictures from two sources — from an antenna, VCR, DVD, etc. — on the screen at the same time. You hear the sound from only one of the sources at a time, but you can choose which source’s sound is selected. You can also change the relative size of each of the pictures.

Displaying Twin Pictures

To display Twin View

1 Make sure your TV is tuned to a working channel.

2 Press . A second picture appears. A mark appears above the activated picture.

To cancel Twin View and watch the active picture

Press again (or press ).

Activating the Picture

You can use the B or b buttons to activate the left and right pictures while using Twin View.

To activate the right picture To activate the left picture

Press b. Press B.

,

,

FOXC8.1 Video 1

DVD

,

,

FOXC8.1 Video 1

DVDC8.1FOX

Video 1

DVD

(Continued)

55

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TV



Functions available in the active window

Factors Affecting Twin View

If you use a cable box to view all channels, the same channel appears in both windows because the cable box unscrambles and sends only one channel at a time. (To view the picture in dual picture features such as Twin View, Freeze, etc., see “Cable Box and Antenna” on page 25.)

If you use a cable box and other video equipment, you can view the cable box output in one window and view a different source (such as a VCR or DVD player) in the second window by using the TV/VIDEO button.

Digital TV channels, as well as any sources connected to the HD/DVD IN 4-5, and HDMI IN 6-7 inputs display in the left window, but not the right.

If you are viewing a 4:3 source and a 16:9 enhanced source (such as a DVD) side by side, the 4:3 source appears larger.

Twin View does not display channels that are blocked by parental lock settings (see page 92).

To Do This ... Do This ...

Tune to a channel To tune to analog channels, press 0-9 and then ENTER.

For digital subchannels, press 0-9, , press 0-9 again, and then ENTER.

For example, to select subchannel 21.13, press 2+1+ +1+3, and then press ENTER.

Adjust the volume Press VOL +/–.

Mute the sound Press MUTING (press again or press VOL + to restore the sound).

Switch the TV’s input between sources connected to the TV’s VHF/UHF and CABLE inputs

Press ANT.

Switch the TV’s input between sources connected to the TV’s A/V inputs

Press TV/VIDEO.

Change the picture size Press V or v. (For details, see “Changing the Picture Size” on page 57.)

56

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TVW

atchin

g th

e TV



Changing the Picture Size

The zoom feature lets you change the size of the left and right pictures.

To enlarge the left picture (reduce the right)

1 Press B to activate the left picture (if not already activated).

2 Press V to enlarge the picture and v to reduce the picture.

To enlarge the right picture (reduce the left)

1 Press b to activate the right picture (if not already activated).

2 Press V to enlarge the picture and v to reduce the picture.

When you adjust the picture sizes in Twin View, the TV memorizes the change. The next time you use the Twin View function, the memorized sizes appear.

57

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TV



Using Favorite Channels The Favorite Channels feature lets you select programs from a list of up to 16 favorite channels that you specify. You can create a list using the Favorite Channels option in the Channel setting, or by using the Add to Favorites feature in the Favorite Channels guide.

Using the Channel Menu

1 Press MENU to display the setting.

2 Press V or v to highlight the Channel icon and press .

3 Press to select Favorite Channels.

4 Use the 0-9 and ENTER buttons to enter the channel number that you want to assign to the favorite channel number. A preview of the highlighted channel appears in the upper right of the screen.

Press to select that channel as a favorite channel.

5 To add more channels to your favorites list, repeat step 4.

To clear a favorite channel, press V or v to highlight the channel you want to clear. Press RESET.

6 Press MENU to exit the setting.

Digital channels do not display in the preview window.

To enter digital channel numbers in step 4, use the 0-9, , 0-9 and ENTER buttons.

z For details on using the Channel setting, see page 90.

58

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TVW

atchin

g th

e TV



Using the Favorite Channels Guide

1 Press FAVORITES.

The Favorite Channels list appears.

2 Press V or v to highlight the channel you want to watch. A preview of the highlighted favorite channel appears.

To add the current channel to the list of Favorite Channels, highlight Add to Favorites and press .

3 Press to select the channel you want to watch.

To change your Favorite Channels list or delete a channel from the list, highlight Edit Favorites and press .

Digital channels do not display in the preview window.

Add to Favorites

Favorite Channels

1 8.14 PBS

2 15.8 NBC

3 27 HGTV

4 45.12 TNT

5 98 CNN

6 112.3 ESPN

7 120 NICK

Preview of highlighted Favorite Channel

Favorite Channels

59

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Watching the TV



Using the PC InputThe PC Input feature allows you to connect a personal computer to your TV so you can play PC content through the TV's large display and audio speakers.

Displaying the PC Screen

To display the PC screen:

Press TV/VIDEO repeatedly until VIDEO 8 (PC) appears.

Notes on the PC Input Feature

If the i.LINK button on the remote control is pressed while the TV is displaying the PC screen, the following message will appear: Feature Not Available.

If the Memory Stick button on the remote control is pressed while the TV is displaying the PC screen, the Memory Stick Index will appear on the TV screen.

Pressing TV/VIDEO repeatedly on the remote control will skip VIDEO 8 (PC) if Twin View is in use.

For details on how to connect a personal computer to your TV, see “Personal Computer” on page 41.

You can change the settings for the PC input while the TV is displaying the PC screen. For details, see pages 85, 87, and 99.

60

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US05OPE.fm


Using the Memory Stick Viewer

Usin

g th

e Mem

ory S

tick View

er

About Memory StickMemory Stick (sold separately) is a compact, portable, and versatile Integrated Circuit recording medium with a data capacity that exceeds that of a floppy disk. Memory Stick is specially designed for sharing digital data among Memory Stick compatible products such as digital cameras and digital video cameras. Because it is removable, Memory Stick can also be used for external data storage.

Features With the Memory Stick Viewer, you can: View photo (JPEG) and movie (MPEG1) files in a thumbnail index or

Slide Show Set customized Slide Show options, including transitions and

background audio Pan, zoom, and rotate photos Mark photos and set quantities of prints to be output when the Memory

Stick is inserted into your photo printer (not supplied) Lock (protect) or delete files on the Memory StickFor more information about handling Memory Stick media, see “File Compatibility” on page 62.

Memory Stick Compatibility

This TV is compatible with the following Sony brand Memory Stick media types:

Memory Stick Media Memory Stick Duo and PRO Duo Media (can be used without the

Memory Stick adaptor)

Memory Stick Media with Memory Select Function Memory Stick PRO Media

About Memory Stick PRO MediaMemory Stick PRO media features vary by and are dependent upon the design of host hardware devices. Memory Stick PRO in this TV has been tested to support up to 1 GB media capacity and does not support high-speed transfer, MagicGate copyright protection technology, or access control security features.

CAUTION: The Memory Stick slot on your TV has been designed to accommodate standard and compact versions of Memory Stick. It is not necessary to use an adaptor for Memory Stick Duo and Memory Stick PRO Duo. If you use an adaptor, it may damage the adaptor and Memory Stick slot.

61

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)




File Compatibility The Memory Stick Viewer is compatible with JPEG images taken with Sony digital still cameras and MPEG1* movies taken with Sony digital cameras and camcorders. To be viewable in the Memory Stick Viewer, files must have the following file name extensions:* Some variations of MPEG1 movies may not play back correctly.

Most Sony brand digital still and video cameras automatically record still photo and movie files using DCF compliant directory and file names.

If you selected the Digital Camera Folders option, as described on page 69, you might want to have your digital camera’s instruction manual handy in order to check how files and directories are organized for your specific model of digital camera.

DCF stands for “Design Rules for Camera File Systems,” which are specifications established by the Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association (JEITA: formerly JEIDA).

File Type Supported File Name Extensions

JPEG .jpg.jpeg

MPEG1 .mpg.mpeg

62

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Memory Stick ViewerU

sing

the M

emo

ry Stick V

iewer



Inserting and Removing a Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo

Inserting a Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo

Locate the Memory Stick slot and insert the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo into the Memory Stick slot as illustrated below. When inserted properly, it should slide in with little resistance and click into place.

Removing a Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo

1 Check that the Memory Stick indicator is off. (When the light is on, this indicates that the TV is reading data from the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo.)

2 Push the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo gently into the Memory Stick slot, and then release it. The Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo media is ejected.

3 Pull the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo completely out of the slot.

Be sure to insert the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo in the correct direction. Forcing the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo in the wrong way may result in permanent damage to it and the TV.

Insert only Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo media into the Memory Stick slot. Attempting to insert other objects into the Memory Stick slot may damage the TV.

STD /DUOSTD / DUO

Removing the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo while a file is being accessed (when the Memory Stick indicator on the TV’s front panel is lit) may damage the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo or its contents.

When removing the Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo, do not attempt to pull it from its slot without first pushing it in to release it.

To protect small children from injury by Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo media, remove all Memory Stick/Memory Stick Duo media from the TV’s Memory Stick slot and store in a safe location when not in use.

STD / DuoSTD / DuoSTD / DUO

63

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)




Viewing Photo or Movie FilesThe Memory Stick Index enables you to view all photo or movie files contained in a Memory Stick as thumbnails and let you choose the files you want to display.

1 Turn on the TV and insert a Memory Stick that contains the photo or movie files you want to view. The Memory Stick Index appears on the screen.

2 Press V v B b to highlight the photo or movie you want to display.

3 Press to select.

To display the previous or next page of thumbnails

Press V v B b to select , and press V v to change pages.

To exit Memory Stick Viewer

Press on the remote control.

About the Lock and Movie Icons on the Thumbnail Images

Summer 2005 / DSC0001 Jul 30, 2005 12:59PM 640x480

Slide Show Contents Memory Stick

1 of 25

Thumbnails of photos andmovies

Memory Stick menu bar

Information about the highlightedphoto or movie

Highlighted thumbnail

If the Memory Stick was inserted before you turn on the TV, the Memory Stick Index will not appear on the screen. Press on the remote control to display the Memory Stick Index.

Indicates the thumbnail is a movie (MPEG1) file instead of a photo (JPEG) file.

Indicates the thumbnail is locked. Locked files cannot be changed or deleted. For details, see “Protect” on page 67.

Indicates that the photo is marked to be printed.

Indicates that the photo has an associated voice memo.

Y

64

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)


sing

the M

emo

ry Stick V

iewer



Using the Photo Viewer

When you select a photo from the Memory Stick Index (described on page 64), it displays as shown below, with the following controls.

DSC00012 Jul 30, 2005 12:59PM 640x480 12 of 25

Slide ShowIndex View File

x2

Summer 2005 /

Photo menu bar

Information aboutselected photo

Selected photo

Previous/Next buttons

JPEGs captured using a digital video camera may appear to display motion in full screen. This is a result of the way digital video cameras record still images, and is not a result of a malfunction with the TV.


Display the previous or next file on the Memory Stick

Press V to highlight the (Previous/Next) button. Then press B to go to the previous file, or b to go to the next file.

Hide the Photo menu bar, displaying only the photo

With the highlight in the Photo menu bar, press v.

Display the hidden Photo menu bar

Press V.

Play the JPEG voice memo

( files only)

Highlight B (Play) and then press . To pause the voice memo, highlight X (Pause) and then press .

Display the Memory Stick Index again

Press B or b to highlight Index in the Photo menu bar and press .

For details on the Memory Stick Index, see page 64.

Access additional optionsin the Photo menu bar

See “Using the Menu Bar Options” on page 67.

Exit Memory Stick Viewer Press on the remote control.

zWhen the menu is hidden, press B or b to go to the previous or next photo.

65

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)




Using the Movie Viewer

When you select a movie from the Memory Stick Index (described on page 64), it displays as shown below, with the following controls.

MOV00012 Jul 30, 2005 12:59PM 640x480Summer 2005 / 12 of 25Information about

selected movie

Selected movie

Enlarge button

Movie menu barPrevious/Next buttons

Play/Pause button

MPEG movies recorded in VX Fine mode with Sony digital cameras cannot be played back with the Memory Stick Viewer.


Enlarge the movie window Press V or v to highlight Enlarge, and then press . To display the movie controls again, press .

Play the movie with the movie controls displayed

Press V or v to highlight B (Play) and then press .

Pause the movie While the movie is playing, the B button changes to the X (Pause) button.

Press V or v to highlight X (Pause) and then press .

Display the previous or next file on the Memory Stick

Press V or v to highlight the (Previous/Next) button. Then press B to go to the previous file, or b to go to the next file.

Hide the Movie menu bar, displaying only the movie

With the highlight in the Movie menu bar, press v.

Display the hidden Movie menu bar

Press V.

Access additional options in the Movie menu bar

See “Using the Menu Bar Options” on page 67.

Exit Memory Stick Viewer Press on the remote control.

zThe quality of the movie when enlarged depends on the resolution of the MPEG1 file. See your camera’s instruction manual for details.

66

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)


sing

the M

emo

ry Stick V

iewer



Using the Menu Bar Options Option Description

Index Displays the Memory Stick Index, with the highlight on the currently displayed photo or movie’s thumbnail.

Slide Show Displays the Slide Show menu. For details, see “Slide Show Option” on page 68.

View(only for photo)

Rotate Allows you to rotate the photo in 90 degree increments clockwise or counterclockwise.

1 In the Photo menu bar, press B or b to highlight View.

2 Press V or v to highlight Rotate.

3 To rotate clockwise, press V or v to highlight Clockwise and press . To rotate counterclockwise, press V or v to highlight Counterclockwise and press .

The photo is rotated 90 degrees each time you press .

Zoom/Pan Allows you to magnify and pan across the photo.

1 In the Photo menu bar, press B or b to highlight View.

2 Press V or v to highlight Zoom/Pan and press .

3 Specify the zoom center point by using V v B b; then press to set the center.

Use the arrow buttons to Zoom or Pan, and press when you want to stop.

File Protect Allows you to protect the JPEG/MPEG1 file from any changes. When a JPEG/MPEG1 file is protected, it cannot be rotated (only for JPEG) or deleted. Select On or Off.

Print Quantity(only for photo)

Allows you to indicate the number of prints to make of the specific photo when the Memory Stick is inserted into a compatible photo printer (not supplied).

Delete Deletes the JPEG/MPEG1 file from the Memory Stick. You cannot delete a JPEG/MPEG1 file that has been protected (or if the Memory Stick is locked).

z JPEG/MPEG1 files that are protected are indicated by the Lock

icon.

zYou cannot rotate a photo that has been protected.

zThe Print Quantity feature is also known as DPOF (Digital Print Order Format).

zPan is available only when the photo is magnified using Zoom.

(Continued)

67

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)




Slide Show Option

Option Description

Start Starts the Slide Show.

Music Allows you to select background audio to play during the Slide Show.

Off No additional background audio is played during the Slide Show. Audio that is associated with the JPEG or MPEG1 files will play.

Play Memory Stick

Plays all MP3 files on the Memory Stick. The Piano MP3 file is not played.

Piano(Built-in music)

Plays the MP3 file stored in the TV’s internal memory.

(List of MP3 Files)

Displays a list of all MP3 files found at the top level (root) of the Memory Stick. To show additional MP3 files stored in other folders on the Memory Stick, select Complete list.

Complete list Displays a list of all available MP3 files. The list is sorted in alphabetical order, grouped by folder.

Transition Effect

Allows you to select an effect to be used when advancing to the next file in the Slide Show.

Slide Advance

Allows you to specify when to advance to the next slide.

Fast Slide advances after about 3 seconds.

Medium Slide advances after about 6 seconds.

Slow Slide advances after about 12 seconds.

Manual advance

Slide advances only after you press B or b.

File Information

Determines whether file information is displayed. Select On or Off.

Repeat On Slide Show continuously loops.

Off Slide Show plays once through all files and ends.

zThe Slide Show menu is the same whether you select it from the Memory Stick Index (page 64), Photo (page 65), or Movie (page 66) menus.

zWhen you select Complete list, it may take a moment to display the list of all MP3 files.

zSome JPEG files may take longer to display than others, which may make it seem longer than the interval you selected for Slide Advance.

68

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)


sing

the M

emo

ry Stick V

iewer



Contents Options

Memory Stick Options

The Memory Stick menu displays the current status of the Memory Stick, including total capacity, used capacity, and free capacity.

Option Description

Select Folder

Allows you to select different folders to view in the Memory Stick Viewer.

Digital Camera Folders

Selects all folders within the directories defined by the DCF rules used by Sony digital cameras (see page 62). JPEG and MPEG1 files in those directories are recognized even if they do not conform to the DCF file naming rules.

Select a Folder Allows you to access individual folders on the Memory Stick.

File Order Allows you to change the order in which the Memory Stick files are displayed.

Date Order Displays files in chronological order by modification date.

Date Order Reverse

Displays files in reverse chronological order by modification date.

Alphabetical Displays files in alphabetical order by filename.

Filter Allows you to selectively display specific file types within the selected folder.

Show Photos and Movies

Displays all readable files.

Show Photos Only

Displays only photo (JPEG) files.

Show Movies Only

Displays only movie (MPEG1) files.

Show All Print Marks

Displays all files marked with the Print Mark feature, regardless of the currently selected folder. For details, see “Print Quantity (only for photo)” on page 67.

zThe Rotate and Protect functions do not change the file’s modification date.

69

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)




Memory Stick Precautions

When using Memory Stick media, follow these precautions:

To avoid permanent damage to still image data, do not turn off the TV or remove Memory Stick media from the insertion slot while data is being read (as indicated by the Memory Stick indicator light being on).

Avoid touching the terminal of Memory Stick media or bringing it into contact with a metal object.

Do not drop, bend, or submit Memory Stick media to external shock.

Do not disassemble or modify Memory Stick media.

Avoid getting liquid on Memory Stick media.

Apply labels only within the designated label area.

To avoid permanent damage to still image data, do not use or store Memory Stick media in a location subject to:

High temperature (such as near a heater or inside a hot car)

High humidity

Direct sunlight

Corrosive substances

Magnetic fields

Excessive dust

Static electricity or electric noise

Electric surges

Store and carry Memory Stick media in its original case to ensure protection of stored data.

Save a backup of stored data.

When using the Memory Stick Duo, insert it without using the Memory Stick Duo adaptor. For details, see page 63.

Label Area

70

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)


sing

the M

emo

ry Stick V

iewer



Memory Stick Functionality

Sony cannot guarantee or assure the Memory Stick functionality on this TV in the following cases:

You are using non-Sony brand Memory Stick media.

You are using video or audio clips that have been processed on a computer.

You are using files that were obtained from the Internet or from a printed film processing center.

The Memory Stick has been formatted on a personal computer.

Sony recommends that you back up all data stored on Memory Stick media to avoid potential data loss. In the above cases, in order to avoid potential data corruption, be sure to back up data prior to use with the TV’s Memory Stick Viewer. Sony cannot accept responsibility in the event that data recorded to Memory Stick media is lost or damaged. For certain non-Sony brand Memory Stick media, you can view images, but you cannot rotate, delete or protect/unprotect images on the TV. An error message will occur if you attempt any of these operations. This is a result of the unique file directory structure on these particular flash memory media and is not a malfunction of the TV.

71

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)



KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US05LINK.fm


Using i.LINK

Usin

g i.L

INK

Connecting i.LINK DevicesThis TV has three S400 i.LINK terminals (one on the front panel, and two on the back panel). You can use the following i.LINK cables with this TV:

i.LINK provides a secure digital interface to other digital home entertainment devices, such as digital VCRs, digital camcorders, set-top boxes, and other devices that also are equipped with i.LINK. i.LINK allows for the secure transfer of copyright-protected digital content between these devices and your digital television.

All products with an i.LINK connector may not communicate with each other.

To connect a digital i.LINK device (using only a digital signal)

1 Using an i.LINK cable, connect the device’s i.LINK jack to any of the TV’s i.LINK jacks.

To connect an i.LINK device that supports an EIA-775A connection

1 Using an i.LINK cable, connect the device’s i.LINK jack to any of the TV’s i.LINK jacks.

2 Using an A/V cable, connect the i.LINK device’s A/V output jacks to the TV’s VIDEO 3 A/V input jacks.

Do not use cables other than the ones listed above.

Before connecting this unit to i.LINK-compatible equipment, read the instruction manual of the i.LINK device to be connected.

Only one i.LINK cable should connect the TV and any given i.LINK device.

Sony Model LengthVMC-IL4415 1.5 meters

VMC-IL4435 3.5 meters4-pin i.LINK cable

(Continued)

73

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using i.LINK




Notes on Connecting i.LINK DevicesTo connect two or more i.LINK devices, use i.LINK cables to connect them as shown below.

You can connect up to 63 i.LINK devices. However, the maximum number of cables in any serial route is 16.

Do not connect i.LINK devices in a way that creates a loop.

Connecting non-compatible devices, such as PCs or PC peripherals, may result in malfunctions.

AUDIO OUT

(VAR/FIX)

VIDEO IN

1 3 4 5IN OUT

CONTROL SHD/DVD IN(1080i/720p/480p/480i)


S400i.LINK(DV/HDV/MICROMV/TV)

Rear of TV

A/V cable

i.LINK cable

VIDEO

AUDIO-R

AUDIO-L

Cables are often color-coded to connectors. Connect red to red,

white to white.

i.LINK-equipped device

To Do This ... Do This ...Set up a digital i.LINK device

For digital i.LINK devices (devices that require only the i.LINK connection), no setup is necessary. The TV automatically recognizes the device as soon as the connection is made.

Set up an i.LINK device that supports an EIA-775A analog connection

1 Connect analog A/V cables to the VIDEO 3 input (see page 73).

2 Use the i.LINK Control Panel to activate the analog connection to your i.LINK device (see page 75).

A B C D Ei.LINK i.LINKi.LINKi.LINK

A B C D

F G

Ei.LINK i.LINKi.LINKi.LINK

i.LINKi.LINK

A B C

i.LINK

i.LINKi.LINK

74

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using i.LINKU

sing

i.LIN

K



Selecting an i.LINK DeviceBefore an i.LINK device can be viewed, it must first be selected via the i.LINK Device List.

1 Connect the i.LINK device that you wish to operate.

2 Press i.LINK on the media receiver unit or the remote control.

The TV (DTV), along with all devices connected by i.LINK to the TV, appear on the i.LINK Device List.

Devices that are not supported by the TV appear on the Device List as “Other Device,” but cannot be controlled using the TV’s remote control or on-screen i.LINK Control Panel. For these devices, use the remote control supplied with the device.

3 Press V or v to navigate among the i.LINK-connected devices.

4 Press to select the desired device and display the device’s i.LINK Control Panel. Use the i.LINK Control Panel to operate the selected device. For details, see page 76.

For instructions on connecting i.LINK devices, see page 73.

i.LINK devices can be connected to one another and to the TV while the TV is powered on. The Device List will automatically update to include the newly connected device. See page 73 for more information on connecting i.LINK devices.

Digital VCRStatus:Viewing.

i.LINK Device List

Sony DTVDTV

75

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using i.LINK



Using the i.LINK Control PanelAfter you select an i.LINK device using the Device List, the TV displays the i.LINK Control Panel, which allows you to use the TV’s remote to control the selected i.LINK device.

1 If the i.LINK Control Panel is not already displayed, press i.LINK on the remote control.

2 Press V v B b on the remote control to navigate through the options available in the i.LINK Control Panel.

3 Press to select a desired option.

4 Press EXIT to exit the Control Panel and view the i.LINK device in full-screen.

The i.LINK Control Panel displays the signal from the TV to the left on screen (if available), and the signal from the currently selected device to the right on screen.

If i.LINK is pressed while the TV is displaying an analog or digital channel (not the i.LINK device), then the Device List will appear. Select the desired device from the list and press to display the Control Panel.

To exit i.LINK mode, select DTV from the Device List or press CH +/–.

Setup

Exit i.LINK

i.LINK Control Panel

Power

Swap Audio

Full Screen

Status: Playing. 00:00:31

Back to Device List

VICTOR HM-DH3500052.3

The DTV window appears only if thei.LINK menus were entered while

watching a digital TV channel

76

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using i.LINKU

sing

i.LIN

K




Go to the Device List Press V v B b to highlight Back to Device List and press .

Change the audio being played from the TV to the current selected device, and vice versa

Press V v B b to highlight Swap Audio and press . An icon appears next to the window that currently has sound.

Play a recording from the selected i.LINK camcorder or digital VCR

Press V v B b to highlight and press .

Fast-forward or rewind a recording from the selected i.LINK camcorder or digital VCR

Press V v B b to highlight or and press .

Record from TV to the selected i.LINK digital VCR

If the (Record) button is available, press V v B b to highlight

and press .

Stop a recording from the selected i.LINK digital VCR

Press V v B b to highlight and press .

Turn the selected device power on and off

Press V v B b to highlight Power and press .

Setup the selected device Press V v B b to highlight Setup and press . For more details on Setup, see page 78.

Notes About Controlling i.LINK Devices You can control the functions of the selected i.LINK device by using the equivalent buttons on the TV’s

remote control. To program the remote control to operate i.LINK devices, see “Programming the Remote Control” on page 48.

Some options on the i.LINK Control Panel may not be available, depending on the device being controlled.

Only i.LINK-equipped digital camcorders and digital VCRs can be controlled directly through the i.LINK Control Panel.

Not all functions are supported for all i.LINK devices.

If you are using a digital VCR, turn off any Auto LINC functionality of the VCR. For details, see the digital VCR’s user manual.

77

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using i.LINK



i.LINK SetupYou can use the i.LINK Control Panel to access digital setup options, some of which are also available through the Program Guide (described on page 52).

To set up the selected device:

Press V v B b to highlight Setup and press .

The following options are displayed:

Option Description

Alternate Video(when available)

Each program has a main video stream (the video that you see when the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate video streams. This option allows you to switch among these alternate video streams.

Alternate Audio(when available)

Each program has a main audio stream (the audio that you hear when the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate audio streams. This option allows you to switch among these alternate audio streams (e.g., for different languages).

Analog Video The TV is able to accept an analog signal from a selected set-top box. The set-top box must be EIA-775A compliant and must be connected to the TV’s VIDEO 3 input. To associate the device with the TV’s analog VIDEO 3 input, press V or v to select Analog Video and press . All EIA-775A-compliant devices will be shown in the list. Select the desired device from the list and press .

Alternate Video

Alternate Audio

Analog Video

i.LINK Control Panel

Power

Swap Audio

Full Screen

Sony DV-VCR888.888

Setup

Back to Device List

Notes on i.LINK

The TV can act as an i.LINK repeater, so that i.LINK signals are relayed to another device even when the TV is powered off. To enable this feature, set the i.LINK Standby option to On using the Setup setting as described on page 97.

Parental Lock settings apply to the signal from a selected device. For more details, see page 92.

78

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US07MEN.fm


Using the Settings

Usin

g th

e Settin

gs

OverviewThe Settings give you access to the following features:(Depending on the signal tuned, you may see different Setting options on your screen. Settings displayed here are with the 720p signal.)

Settings Allows you to set/change

Video Picture Mode (page 81)Iris (page 81)Picture (page 81)Brightness (page 81)Color (page 81)Hue (page 81)Sharpness (page 81)Color Temp. (page 82)Noise Reduction (page 82)Direct Mode (page 82)

Game Mode (page 82)Advanced Video (page 82)

Audio Sound Mode (page 86)Treble (page 86)Bass (page 86)Balance (page 86)Steady Sound (page 86)Effect (page 86)MTS (page 87)Audio Out (page 87)Speaker (page 87)

Screen Wide Mode (page 88)Game Picture (page 88)4:3 Default (page 89)Overscan (page 89)Vertical Center (page 89)Vertical Size (page 89)

Antenna

Video

Picture Mode Standard

Iris Max

Picture 58

Brightness 31

Color 31

Hue 0

Sharpness 25

Color Temp. Cool

Noise Reduction Medium

Antenna

Audio

Sound Mode Dynamic

Treble 32

Bass 32

Balance 0

Steady Sound Off

Effect Dolby Virtual

MTS Stereo

Audio Out Variable

Speaker On

Antenna

Screen

Wide Mode Full

Game Picture 0

4:3 Default Off

Overscan Normal

Vertical Center 0

Vertical Size 0

(Continued)

79

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Channel Favorite Channels (page 90)Channel Fix (page 90)Digital Channels (page 90)Auto Program (page 90)Show/Hide Channels (page 91)Label Channels (page 91)

Parental Lock Parental Lock (page 92)Change Password (page 93)Select Country (page 93)

Setup Caption Vision (page 96)Info Banner (page 96)Label Video Inputs (page 96)Language (page 97)i.LINK Standby (page 97)Menu Color (page 97)High Altitude (page 97)Power Saving (page 97)

Applications Memory Stick (page 101)i.LINK (page 101)Clock/Timers (page 101)Diagnostics (page 102)CableCARD (page 102)

Settings Allows you to set/change

Antenna

Channel

Channel Fix Off

Digital Channels

Auto Program

Show/Hide Channels

Label Channels

Favorite Channels

Antenna

Parental Lock

Password

Antenna

Setup

Caption Vision Off

Info Banner On

Label Video Inputs

Language English

i.LINK Standby Off

Menu Color Gray

High Altitude Off

Power Saving Standard

Antenna

Applications

Memory Stick

i.LINK

Clock/Timers

Diagnostics

CableCARD

80

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



Accessing the Video Settings

Selecting Video Options

The Video settings include the following options:

1. Press MENU

2. Highlight

3. Press to select

To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.Press to confirm the selection.To exit the Video settings, press .

MENU

Antenna

VideoCustom settings

Vivid

Standard

Pro

Picture Mode Standard

Iris Max

Picture 58

Brightness 31

Color 31

Hue 0

Sharpness 25

Color Temp. Cool

Noise Reduction Medium

Option DescriptionPicture ModeCustomized picture viewing

Vivid Select for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness.Standard Select for standard picture settings. Recommended for

home entertainment.Pro Select to display a picture with minimum

enhancements. You can alter the Video settings (Picture, Brightness,

Color, etc.) for each Picture Mode and each video input.

You can set up a Picture Mode (Vivid, Standard, Pro) independently for each Video input (Video 1-Video 7, including the Antenna input). Your Picture Mode settings are automatically saved after each selection. This allows you to customize the Picture Mode setting for each type of signal source.

Iris Adjust the contrast levels.Picture Adjust to increase picture contrast and deepen the color or decrease

picture contrast and soften the color.Brightness Adjust to brighten or darken the picture.

Color Adjust to increase or decrease color intensity.Hue Adjust to increase or decrease the green tones.Sharpness Adjust to sharpen or soften the picture.

zTo quickly and easily change from one Picture Mode to another, use PICTURE on the remote control.

(Continued)

..........................

...............................

......................

81

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Color Temp.White intensity adjustment

Choose from three color temperatures:Cool Select to give the white colors a blue tint.Neutral Select to give the white colors a neutral tint.Warm When Pro is selected in Picture Mode, select to give

the white colors a red tint.Noise Reduction

Select to reduce the noise level of connected equipment. This also reduces the noise level to the signal from the VHF/UHF jack. Select from High, Medium, Low and Off.

Direct Mode On Select for a natural, soft picture.Off Select to turn off the Direct Mode.

Game Mode On Select to optimize the lipsync when playing games.Off Select to turn off the Game Mode.

Advanced VideoAvailable in “Custom Picture Mode”

Select Program to choose among the options described below.

DRC Mode Creates a high-resolution picture with 4 x density, for high quality sources (i.e., DVD player, satellite receiver).Mode 1 Recommended for moving pictures.Mode 2 Recommended for still images and

text.CineMotion Provides an optimized display by

automatically detecting film content and applying a reverse 3-2 pulldown process. Moving pictures will appear clearer and more natural-looking.

DRC Mode is not available when using multi-picture functions (Twin View, Freeze or Memory Stick), or when Direct Mode is set to On or Game Mode is set to On; also not available when watching 480p or 720p sources.

Option Description

zDirect Mode and Game Mode are not available when watching 480p and 720p sources, or when using multi-picture functions (Twin View, Freeze, or Memory Stick).

82

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



Advanced Video(Continued)

DRC Palette

Allows you to customize the level of detail (Reality) and smoothness (Clarity) for up to three input sources. For example, you can create one Custom setting to optimize your cable input’s picture, and create another to optimize your DVD player’s picture. You can switch among the three Custom settings.

1 Press the arrow buttons to highlight Custom 1, Custom 2, or Custom 3 and then press .The DRC palette appears.

2 Press the arrow buttons to adjust the position of the marker (z). As you move the z higher along the Reality axis, the picture becomes more detailed. As you move the z to the right along the Clarity axis, the picture becomes smoother.

3 To save the setting, press .

To return the Custom options to the default factory settings, press the RESET button.

DRC Palette is not available when watching 480p and 720p sources, using multi-picture functions (Twin View, Freeze or Memory Stick), or when Direct Mode is set to On or Game Mode is set to On.

BN Smoother

Select to reduce noise caused by digital video encoding and decoding process. It is especially effective for watching a DVD or digital TV picture. Select from High, Medium, Low and Off.

BN Smoother may not be effective for some connected equipment.

BN Smoother is not available when watching 480p, 720p, and 1080i sources, or when using multi-picture functions (Twin View, Freeze or Memory Stick).

Advanced Iris

Allows you to enhance the black color in dark images by controlling the iris automatically and improves its contrast by increasing the amplitude of the image.

Option Description

Custom 1Press

Reality(25)

Clarity(1)

to exit

z The following settings are available, when Picture Mode is set to Pro; Advanced Iris, Color Corrector, DTE, Clear White, Detail Enhancer, Black Corrector, Gamma Corrector, White Balance.

(Continued)

83

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Advanced Video(Continued)

Color Corrector

Select to make the colors more vivid. Select from High, Low, and Off.

DTE Select to enhance the texture of the picture. Select from High, Medium, Low, and Off.

Clear White Select to emphasize the white colors. Select from On or Off.

Detail Enhancer

Select to sharpen picture definition. Select from High, Medium, Low, and Off.

Black Corrector

Select to enhance the black colors to give the picture strong contrast. Select from High, Medium, Low, and Off.

Gamma Corrector

Select to adjust the balance between bright and dark areas of the picture. Select from High, Medium, Low, and Off.

White Balance

Select to fine-adjust the white color intensity by changing the red, green and blue levels. Select Adjust to choose among the R-Gain, G-Gain, B-Gain, R-Bias, G-Bias, and B-Bias options. To restore the factory default setting of White Balance, select Initial Set.

Option Description

84

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



Selecting PC Video Options


See “Using the PC Input” on page 60.

The PC Input Video setting includes the following options:

Option Description

Display Mode Video Select to view video images.

Text Select to view text, charts or tables.

Iris Adjust the contrast levels.

Picture Adjust to increase or decrease picture contrast.

Brightness Adjust to brighten or darken the picture.

Color Temp. Choose from three color temperatures:

Cool Select to give the white colors a blue tint.

Neutral Select to give the white colors a neutral tint.

Warm Select to give the white colors a red tint.

Reset Select to restore the factory default settings.

Display Mode TextIrisPictureBrightnessColor Temp. Cool

Exit

TextVideo

Adjust the picture settings

Resolution − − − x − − − / − − Hz

MENU

85

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Accessing the Audio Settings

Selecting Audio Options

The Audio settings include the following options:

1. Press MENU

2. Highlight

3. Press to select

To highlight an option and to change settings,press V v B b.Press to confirm the selection.To exit the Audio settings, press .

MENU

Antenna

AudioCustom settings

Dynamic

Clear Voice

Custom

Sound Mode Dynamic

Treble 32

Bass 32

Balance 0

Steady Sound Off

Effect Dolby Virtual

MTS Stereo

Audio Out Variable

Speaker On

Option Description

Sound Mode

Dynamic Select to enhance treble and bass.

Clear Voice Suitable for spoken dialog.

Custom Flat setting.

Treble Adjust to increase or decrease higher-pitched sounds.

Bass Adjust to increase or decrease lower-pitched sounds.

Balance Adjust to emphasize left or right speaker balance.

Steady Sound

Auto Select to stabilize the volume across all programs and commercials.

Off Select to turn off Steady Sound.

Steady Sound is not available when Effect is set to Dolby Virtual, TruSurround or Simulated.

Effect Dolby Virtual Select for surround sound (for Dolby surround encoded programs only).

TruSurround Select for surround sound (for stereo programs only).

Simulated Adds a surround-like effect to mono programs.

Off Normal stereo or mono reception.

zTreble/Bass setting is available only when Sound Mode is set to Custom.

zTruSurround attempts to create the same surround effect produced by a multichannel system using the left and right speakers.

.....................

........................

.............................

86

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



Selecting PC Audio Options



The PC Input Audio setting includes the following option:

MTS

Enjoy stereo, bilingual and mono programs

Stereo Select for stereo reception when viewing a program broadcast in stereo.

Auto SAP Select to automatically switch to second audio programs when a signal is received. (If no SAP signal is present, the TV remains in Stereo mode.)

Mono Select for mono reception. (Use to reduce noise during weak stereo broadcasts.)

MTS is available only for analog programs.

Audio Out This option can be set only when the Speaker option is set to Off.

Easy control of volume adjustments

Variable The TV’s speakers are turned off, and the audio output from your audio system can still be controlled by the TV’s remote control.

Fixed The TV’s speakers are turned off, and the audio output of the TV is fixed. Use your audio receiver’s volume control to adjust the volume (and other settings) through your audio system.

Speaker On Select to turn on the TV speakers.

Off Select to turn off the TV speakers and listen to the TV’s sound only through your external audio system speakers.

Option Description

Option Description

Sound Mode Dynamic Select to enhance treble and bass.

Clear Voice Suitable for spoken dialog.

Natural Flat setting.

Sound Mode Natural

Exit

Audio

Adjust the sound settings

Resolution − − − x − − − / − − Hz

MENU

zRESET button does not operate when PC Audio options is selected.

87

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Accessing the Screen Settings

Selecting Screen Options

The Screen settings include the following options:

1. Press MENU

2. Highlight

3. Press to select

To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.Press to confirm the selection.To exit the Screen settings, press .

MENU

Antenna

ScreenAutomatic sizing for 4:3 pictures

Wide Zoom

Normal

Full

Zoom

Off

Wide Mode Full

Game Picture 0

4:3 Default Off

Overscan Normal

Vertical Center 0

Vertical Size 0

Option Description

Wide ModeSelect a screen mode to use for 4:3 sources.

Wide Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture, to fill the 16:9 screen, keeping the original image as much as possible.

Normal Select to return the 4:3 picture to its original size and aspect ratio.

Normal is not available when you are watching 720p or 1080i sources.

Full Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally only, to fill the display area.

Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally and vertically to an equal aspect ratio that fills the wide screen.

To change from one Wide Mode setting to another, use the WIDE button on the remote control (see page 46).

Game Picture Allows you to move the position of the picture left and right in the window. (This feature also allows you to adjust the picture from any connected equipment.) Select while watching the picture to be adjusted. The TV stores the position in memory for each input.

Press B or b and press to choose a correction between +10 and –10.

zWide Mode is not available when using the Freeze function (page 54).

.....................

........................

.............................

88

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



4:3 Default

Select the default screen mode to use for 4:3 sources.

Wide Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture, to fill the 16:9 screen, keeping the original image as much as possible.

Normal Select to return the 4:3 picture to normal mode.

Full Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally only, to fill the display area.

Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally and vertically to an equal aspect ratio that fills the wide screen.

Off Select to continue using the current screen mode setting when the channel or input is changed.

Overscan Normal Select to display the picture within the normal viewing area of the screen.

+1 or +2 Select to reduce the size of the picture to show the overscan (i.e. the portion of the picture outside of the normal viewing area).

Vertical Center Allows you to move the position of the picture up and down in the window. (Available only in Zoom and Wide Zoom mode.)

Press V or v and press to choose a correction between +10 and –10.

Vertical Size Allows you to adjust the vertical size of the picture. (Available only in Zoom and Wide Zoom mode.)

Press V or v and press to choose a correction between +10 and –10.

Option Descriptionz If 4:3 Default is set to

anything but Off, the Wide Mode setting changes only for the current channel. When you change channels (or inputs), Wide Mode is automatically replaced with the 4:3 Default setting. To retain the current Wide Mode setting as channels and inputs are changed, set 4:3 Default to Off.

89

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Accessing the Channel Settings

Selecting Channel Options

The Channel settings include the following options:

1. Press MENU

2. Highlight

3. Press to select

To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.Press to confirm the selection.To exit the Channel settings, press .

MENU

Antenna

ChannelProgram favorite channels

ProgramFavorite Channels

Channel Fix Off

Digital Channels

Auto Program

Show/Hide Channels

Label Channels

Option Description

Favorite Channels

Lets you set up a list of your favorite channels. For details, see “Using Favorite Channels” on page 58.

Channel FixUseful when you have a cable box or satellite receiver connected

Off Turns off Channel Fix.

2-6 “Fix” your TV’s channel setting to one channel (2-6) and use the cable box, VCR or satellite receiver to change channels. Select one of these settings if you have connected the device to the VHF/UHF jack.

C2–C6 “Fix” your TV’s channel setting to C2–C6 (CABLE input) and use the cable box or satellite receiver to change channels.

Video 1, 4 Use when connecting a cable box. TV output should be connected through the cable box.

Digital Channels Add Automatically adds the channel list on the TV for all receivable digital channels for current input. Select to start the Add.

Auto Program Automatically sets up the channel list on the TV for all receivable channels for the current input (VHF/UHF or CABLE). Select to start the Auto Program.

Auto Program may take between 20-50 minutes to complete. A progress bar will display the approximate progress of the Auto Program and Digital Channels/Add sequences.

Auto Program will create a list of receivable channels for the current input (VHF/UHF antenna or CABLE). You will be required to run Auto Program for each RF input to create a list of available channels from both inputs.

.....................

........................

.............................

90

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



Show/Hide Channels

Allows you to show or hide channels that appear in the Program Guide and when you use the CH+/- buttons to channel surf. Channels that are set to Hidden do not appear in the Program Guide or when you use the CH+/- buttons.

1 Press V or v to highlight the channel that you want to show or hide.

To move between the Major and Digital subchannel lists, press B or b.

2 To change a channel’s setting to Shown or Hidden, press .

3 To show or hide more channels, repeat steps 1 and 2.

If you select to hide or show a major digital channel, all the sub-channels are automatically hidden or shown. To show or hide an individual sub-channel within a digital channel, you must individually select that sub-channel to show or hide.

If you hide all sub-channels of a major digital channel, that digital channel is automatically set to Hidden.

Label Channels Allows you to assign labels (such as station call letters) to channel numbers.

1 Press V or v to scroll through the channel numbers. Then press to select the channel number that you want to assign a label.

2 Press V or v to scroll through the label characters (A-Z, 0-9, etc.). Then press to select the highlighted character.

Repeat to add characters to the label.

3 Press B to return to the Channel setting, or press MENU to exit the settings.

Option Description

zChannels that you set to Hidden can only be accessed with the 0-9 buttons.

91

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Accessing the Parental Lock Settings

Selecting Parental Lock Options

The Parental Lock settings include the following options:

1. Press MENU

2. Highlight

3. Press to select

To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.Press to confirm the selection.To exit the Parental Lock settings, press . The Parental Lock setting allows you to set up the TV to block programs according to their content and rating levels.

MENU

Antenna

Off

Child

Youth

Y. Adult

Custom

Parental Lock Off

Change Password

Select Country U. S. A.

Parental LockPress to change settings

You need your password for any future access to the Parental Lock settings. If you have lost your password, see “Lost password.” on page 113.

Option Description

Parental LockTurn ratings on/off and select a rating system

Off Turn Parental Lock off. No programs are blocked from viewing.

Child Maximum ratings permitted are:U.S.: TV-Y, TV-G, GCanada: C, G, TV-Y

Youth Maximum ratings permitted are:U.S.: TV-PG, PGCanada: C8+, PG, 8 ans+, TV-PG

Y. Adult Maximum ratings permitted are:U.S.: TV-14, PG-13Canada: 14+, 13 ans+, TV-14

Custom Select to set ratings manually.U.S.: See page 94 for details.Canada: See page 95 for details.

.....................

........................

.............................

z If you are not familiar with the Parental Guideline rating system, you should select Child, Youth, or Y.Adult to help simplify the rating selection. To set more restrictive ratings, select Custom.

92

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



To deactivate the parental control feature

Set Parental Lock to Off when in the Parental Lock setting.

To change the password

1 In the Parental Lock setting, use the arrow buttons to highlight Change Password, and press to select it.

2 Enter a new four-digit password using the 0-9 buttons.

3 Confirm the new password by entering it again.

4 Press MENU to exit the setting screen.

Viewing Blocked Programs

You can view a blocked program by entering the password.

1 Press ENTER when tuned to a blocked program.

2 Enter your password using the 0-9 buttons.Parental Lock will be canceled temporarily until you turn your TV off.

Change Password Select to change your password.

Select Country U.S.A. Select to use U.S.A. ratings (see page 94).

Canada Select to use Canadian ratings (see page 95).

Option Description

z For descriptions of Child, Youth, and Y.Adult ratings, see page 92.

93

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Selecting Custom Rating Options

US custom rating options

If you selected U.S.A. as the country of residence on page 93, the Custom Rating setting includes the following options. (If you selected Canada, see page 95.)

Option Description

Movie Rating G All children and general audiences.

PG Parental guidance suggested.

PG-13 Parental guidance for children under 13.

R Restricted viewing, parental guidance is suggested for children under 17.

NC-17 and X

No one 17 and under.

TV Rating

Block programs by their rating, content or both

Age-Based Options

TV-Y All children.

TV-Y7 Directed to children age 7 and older.

TV-G General audience.

TV-PG Parental guidance suggested.

TV-14 Parents strongly cautioned.

TV-MA Mature audience only.

Content-Based Options

FV Fantasy violence.

D Suggestive dialog.

L Strong language.

S Sexual situations.

V Violence.

UnratedBlock programsor movies that are broadcast without a rating

Allow Allows programs and movies that are broadcast without a rating.

Block Blocks all programs and movies that are broadcast without a rating.

The content ratings will increase depending on the level of the age-based rating. For example, a program with a TV-PG V (Violence) rating may contain moderate violence, while a TV-14 V (Violence) rating may contain more intense violence.

z To ensure maximum blocking capability, the age-based ratings should be blocked.

z If you select Block, be aware that the following programs may be blocked: news, sports, weather, emergency broadcasts, political programs, public service announcements, and religious programs.

94

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



Canadian custom rating options

If you selected Canada as the country of residence on page 93, the Custom Rating setting includes the following options. (If you selected U.S.A., see page 94.)

Option Description

English Rating C All children.

C8+ Children 8 years and older.

G General programming.

PG Parental guidance.

14+ Viewers 14 and older.

18+ Adult programming.

French Rating G General programming.

8 ans+ Not recommended for ages under 8.



18 ans+ Programming restricted to adults.

U.S.A. Rating See “TV Rating” on page 94 for details.

95

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Accessing the Setup Settings

Selecting Setup Options

The Setup settings include the following options:

1. Press MENU

2. Highlight

3. Press to select

To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.Press to confirm the selection.To exit the Setup settings, press .

MENU

Antenna

SetupSelect Caption Vision options

On

Off

Program

Caption Vision Off

Info Banner On

Label Video Inputs

Language English

i.LINK Standby Off

Menu Color Gray

High Altitude Off

Power Saving Standard

Option Description

Caption Vision Allows you to select from four closed caption modes (for programs that are broadcast with closed captioning).

On Caption Vision is turned on.

Off Caption Vision is turned off.

Program Allows you to set basic and advanced Caption Vision options. See “Programming Caption Vision” on page 98.

Info Banner Set to On or Off. Select On to display the program name, time remaining and other information (if the broadcaster offers this service). Also displays when the channel is changed or the DISPLAY button is pressed.

Label Video Inputs

Allows you to label the audio/video equipment you have connected to the TV so you can identify them when using the TV/VIDEO button to select inputs.

1 Press V or v to highlight an input to label, then press to select it.

2 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the labels.3 Press to select the equipment you connected to each of

the input jacks on your TV.Select Skip if you do not have any equipment connected to a particular input.

.......................

............................

....................

96

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



Label Video Inputs(Continued)

Video 1-3 Video 1-3, VHS, DVD, Receiver, Satellite, Cable Box, 8mm, DTV, Game, LD, Beta, Skip

Video 4-7 Video 4-7, DVD, Satellite, Cable Box, DTV, HD, Game, PVR, Skip

Video 8 (PC) Video 8 (PC), Skip

If you select Skip, your TV skips the selected connection when you press TV/VIDEO.

Language Select to display all on-screen settings in your language of choice: English, Español, Français.

i.LINK Standby On Allows the i.LINK signal to pass through to connected i.LINK devices even when the TV is turned off. The front panel POWER/STANDBY LED shows red. The TV uses more standby power than when this option is set to Off.

Off Does not allow the i.LINK signal to pass through to connected i.LINK devices when the TV is turned off. The TV uses less standby power than when this option is set to On.

Menu Color Enables you to select a specific color for the on-screen settings: Gray, Red, Green, Indigo and Purple.

High Altitude Select On to use the TV at an altitude of 5,000 feet (1,500 m) or higher. Select Off to use the TV at normal altitude.

Power Saving Standard Select to view picture without the benefit of Power Saving.

Reduced Select to view picture with reduced power consumption. The picture becomes darker, but also enhances the black level.

Option Description

z If a CableCARD is inserted, the i.LINK Standby Off setting uses the same amount of power as the i.LINK Standby On setting.

97

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Programming Caption Vision

If you selected the Program option under Caption Vision (see page 96), you can change the following settings:

Option Description

Basic Allows you to select basic analog (EIA-608) closed caption options.

CC1, CC2,

CC3, CC4

Displays a printed version of the dialog or sound effects of a program. (Should be set to CC1 for most programs.)

Text1, Text2, Text3, Text4

Displays network/station information presented using either half or the whole screen (if available).

Advanced Allows you to select advanced digital (EIA-708) closed caption options. Select from the available options.

Digital CC Allows you to set digital closed captioning to Basic (digital EIA-608) or Advanced (digital EIA-708).

Advanced Settings

Allows you to make additional settings for digital (EIA-708) closed caption options. Select from As Broadcast, Small Text, Large Text, and Custom.

Custom Allows you to customize the following settings:

Character Size Small, Standard, Large

Character Style Style 1-7

Character Color Color 1-8

Edge Color Color 1-8

Edge Type None, Raised, Depressed, Outline, Left shadow, Right shadow

Background Color None, Color 1-8

Window Color None, Color 1-8

98

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



Selecting PC Setup Options



The PC Input Setup setting includes the following options:

zWhen there is no signal input, settings for the PC Setup options except Power Management cannot be changed.

Option Description

Auto Adjustment

Select to automatically adjust the display position of the picture when the TV receives an input signal from the connected PC. Note that Auto Adjustment may not work well with certain input signals. In such cases, manually adjust the options below.

Phase Select to adjust the phase when the screen flickers.

Pitch Select to adjust the pitch when the picture has unwanted

vertical stripes.

Horizontal Center

Select to adjust the horizontal position of the picture.

Allows you to move the picture left and right in the window.

Press B or b and press to choose a correction between +63 and -64.

Vertical Center Select to adjust the vertical position of the picture.

Allows you to move the picture up and down in the window.

Press B or b and press to choose a correction between +63 and -64.

Wide Mode Normal Select to display the picture in its original size.

Full 1 Select to enlarge the picture to fill the display area, keeping its original horizontal-to-vertical ratio.

Full 2 Select to enlarge the picture to fill the display area.

A black frame will appear on the surrounding of the picture.

When using SXGA signals and Wide Mode is set to Normal, the top and bottom of the picture will be cropped. When it is set to either Full 1 or Full 2 with SXGA signals, the picture will appear in reduced size.

Power Management

On Select to automatically switch to the power saving mode when there is no signal input for 10 minutes.

POWER/STANDBY LED will light up in red when your TV is in the power saving mode.

Off Select to turn off Power Management.

Reset Select to restore the factory default settings.

Auto AdjustmentPhasePitchHorizontal CenterVertical Center

Exit

Setup

Adjust PC setup options

Resolution − − − x − − − / − − Hz

MENU

(Continued)

zA warning message will appear before switching to the power saving mode.

99

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



PC Input Signal Compatibility Chart

*: Corresponding to the VGA signal

Resolution Horizontal frequency (kHz)

Vertical frequency (Hz)

VESA standard

Signal Horizontal (Pixel) Vertical (Line)

VGA 640 400 31.5 70 –*

720 400 31.5 70 –*

640 480 31.5 60 –*

640 480 37.9 72

640 480 37.5 75

640 480 43.3 85

SVGA 800 600 35.1 56

800 600 37.9 60

800 600 48.1 72

800 600 46.9 75

800 600 53.7 85

XGA 1024 768 48.4 60

1024 768 56.5 70

1024 768 60 75

1024 768 68.7 85

WXGA 1280 768 47.8 60

SXGA 1280 1024 64 60

This TV does not support Sync on Green or Composite Sync.

If a signal other than in the above chart is input, it may not be displayed properly or may not be displayed as you set. Normal display mode is not available when the signal other than 60 is used for Vertical frequency.

For best results, use a Vertical frequency of 60 for your PC.

If unsupported signals are used, you will see the message, “Unsupported Signal”.

100

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the SettingsU

sing

the S

etting

s



Accessing the Applications Settings

Selecting Applications Options

The Applications settings include the following options:

1. Press MENU

2. Highlight

3. Press to select

To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b.Press to confirm the selection.To exit the Applications settings, press .

MENU

Antenna

ApplicationsStart Memory Stick application

StartMemory Stick

i.LINK

Clock/Timers

Diagnostics

CableCARD

Option Description

Memory Stick Start Displays the Memory Stick Viewer. For details, see page 61.

i.LINK Start Displays the i.LINK Device List. For details, see page 75.

Clock/Timers Select to set the clock and to program your TV to turn on and off at two scheduled viewing times.

Sleep Allows you to select the amount of time (Off, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 60 minutes or 90 minutes) that you want the TV to remain on before shutting off automatically.

Timer 1Timer 2

You can use the Timers to program the TV to turn on and off and tune to a specific channel at two scheduled viewing times.

Timer 1 and Timer 2 cannot be set until you set the Current Time.

1 Press V or v to highlight Timer 1 or Timer 2. To set the timer, press b.

To go directly to programming Timer 1 or 2, press instead of pressing b.

zYou can also use the MEMORY STICK and i.LINK buttons on the remote control.

(Continued)

.......................

.............................

...................

101

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

Using the Settings



Clock/Timers(Continued) 2 Press V or v to highlight one of the following options, then

press .

Program Select to set the Timer by day, time, duration, and channel.

Off Select to turn off the Timer. (Your previous settings are saved.)

3 If you selected Program in step 2, press V and v to set the day(s), hour, minute, AM/PM, duration, and channel number. Press or press b to confirm each setting and move to the next setting.Press B to go back to the previous setting.

4 Press MENU to exit the setting screen. An LED on the front panel will light, indicating the Timer has been set.

Current Time You can set the current time.

1 Press to select Current Time.

2 Press V and v to set the current time (day, hour, minute, and AM/PM). Press (or press b) to confirm each setting and move to the next setting. Press B to go back the previous setting.

3 Press MENU to exit the setting screen.

Diagnostics Display diagnostics information about the TV. This can be useful in providing information to an authorized technician or repair person.

CableCARD This list of selectable CableCARD options will vary, depending on your cable service provider.

Option Description

102

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US08OTH.fm


Other Information

Oth

er Info

rmatio

n

OverviewThis chapter includes the following topics:

Contacting SonyIf, after reading these operating instructions, you have additional questions related to the use of your Sony television, please call our Customer Information Services Center.

Before calling Sony customer support, please write down the model and serial numbers of your TV. You’ll find this information on the front cover of this manual.

Topic Page

Contacting Sony 103

Replacing the Lamp 104

Troubleshooting 108

Specifications 115

Optional accessories: 116

Index 117

For US residents: 1-800-222-SONY (7669)or visit

http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/

For Canadian residents: 1-877-899-SONY (7669)or visit

http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/

103

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other Information



Replacing the LampThe projection lamp, which illuminates the picture, has a limited life.

If the screen becomes dark, the color looks unusual, or the LAMP indicator on the front of the TV flashes, this indicates the lamp needs to be replaced with a new one (not supplied).

Use a Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp (not supplied) for replacement. Use of any other lamp may damage the TV.

Do not remove the lamp for any purpose other than replacement. Doing so may cause injury or fire.

Do not put flammable materials and metal objects inside the lamp receptacle of the TV after removing the lamp. Doing so may cause fire or electrical shock. Do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has been removed.

When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable “pop” sound. This is normal and it is inherent to this type of lamp.

In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp unit is designed to contain all of the broken glass pieces inside the lamp unit.

The lamps contain mercury. For proper disposal of the used lamps, follow and observe the local ordinances. See page 107.

WARNING

Electric appliances can cause fire or high temperature, resulting in injury or death. Be sure to follow the instructions below.

104

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other InformationO

ther In

form

ation



How to Replace the Lamp

1 Turn off the power on the main unit. Wait several minutes, then unplug the power cord.(The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes after turning the power off.)

2 Wait at least 30 minutes after unplugging the power cord to allow the lamp to cool down before replacing it. To avoid being burned, do not touch the lamp receptacle once the lamp has been removed.

3 Take the new lamp out of its package.Do not touch the glass portion of the new lamp.

4 Turn the screw with a screwdriver counterclockwise and remove the outside lamp cover.

5 Pull out the lamp.Place your index finger through the hoop of the lamp handle and pull it upwards, while placing your thumb on the dent on the top. Then pull the lamp out.

Do not shake the lamp. Vibration can damage the lamp or shorten its life.

Avoid touching the front glass of a new lamp or the glass of the lamp receptacle. This may reduce picture quality or lamp life.

The lamp is very hot after use. Never touch the glass portion of the lamp or the non-designated surrounding parts (shown in gray).

After the used lamp has cooled, place it into the empty box of the replacement lamp. Never put the used lamp into a plastic bag.

(Continued)

105

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other Information



6 Place the lamp halfway in. Follow the gutter in the compartment to mount the new lamp securely.

7 Slide it in slowly by pressing the part of the front corners of the lamp until it stops with a firm clicking sound to lock.

The lamp compartment is tilted, as shown in the following illustration.

To ensure the lamp is securely installed, press the area marked before closing the lamp cover.

If the lamp is not securely reattached, the self-diagnostic function may be triggered and the POWER/STANDBY indicator flashes in red three times (see page 12).

Hold this part of the lamp

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

106

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other InformationO

ther In

form

ation



8 Place the outside lamp cover back in its place. Turn the screw with a screwdriver clockwise and secure the cover.

The used lamp

This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated if sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance (http://www.eiae.org). Do not leave the used lamp near flammable materials or within the

reach of children.

Do not pour water onto the used lamp or put any object inside the lamp. Doing so may cause the lamp to burst.

Consult your Sony dealer for a Sony XL-5100 replacement lamp.

Take great care when replacing the lamp or plugging in/unplugging the connecting cords. Rough handling may cause the TV to fall, damaging the TV, the TV stand and the floor.

For replacement lamp information visit:U. S. residents: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/Canadian residents: http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/

107

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other Information



Troubleshooting

Twin View

Remote Control

Problem Possible Remedies

I cannot get Twin View to work.

If you are using a cable box to unscramble all channels (as shown on page 25), you cannot use the Twin View feature. This is because the cable box can unscramble only one channel at a time.

You can use Twin View to view a signal from a different source that is connected to the TV’s A/V jacks (such as a VCR or DVD player) in the second window by pressing TV/VIDEO while in Twin View.

Sources connected to the VIDEO 4, VIDEO 5, VIDEO 6 and VIDEO 7 inputs, as well as digital sources display only in the left Twin View window.

Twin View is not available when using VIDEO 8 (PC) IN or i.LINK input.

There is no Twin View window, or it is just static.

Be sure the Twin View window is set to a video input or channel that has a signal airing.

You might be tuned to a video input with nothing connected to it. Try cycling through the video inputs by pressing TV/VIDEO.

Twin View cannot display anything but TV channels.

Try cycling through the video inputs by pressing TV/VIDEO. Check that the Label Video Inputs option is not set to Skip. (See the Setup setting on page 96.)

Twin View displays the same program in both windows.

Both Twin View windows might be set to the same channel. Try changing channels in either window.


Remote control does not operate.

The batteries could be weak. Replace the batteries. Check the orientation of the batteries. Press FUNCTION repeatedly until the TV indicator lights up. You may have

inadvertently pressed FUNCTION, which changes the remote control to SAT or CABLE mode.

Make sure this unit’s power cord is connected securely to the wall outlet. Locate the unit at least 3-4 feet away from fluorescent lights. If the “High Temperature Warning!” message appears, turn off the TV and wait

until the TV’s projection lamp cools down (approximately 5 minutes). If the remote control still does not work, make sure to dust the ventilation slots on the rear of the TV and the cooling fan to provide adequate ventilation around the TV.

Cannot change channels with the remote control.

If you are using the TV to change channels, first press FUNCTION repeatedly until the TV indicator lights up.

If you are using another device to change channels, be sure you have not inadvertently switched your TV from the channel 3 or 4 setting. Use the Channel Fix option to “Fix” the channel based on the hookup you used (see page 90).

If you are using another device to change channels, be sure to press FUNCTION for that device. For example, if you are using your cable box to change channels, be sure to press FUNCTION repeatedly until the SAT/CABLE indicator lights up.

108

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other InformationO

ther In

form

ation



CableCARD Device

Memory Stick

Remote control does not operate non-Sony video equipment.

If you replaced the batteries to the remote recently, the code numbers for the video equipment may need to be reset.

There may be more than one code for the equipment that you are attempting to operate.

There is a possibility that some non-Sony equipment cannot be operated by your Sony TV remote. You may need to use the equipment’s original remote control.


Problem Possible RemediesProblems using CableCARD device or CableCARD services.

Check that the CableCARD is inserted properly (see page 32). The CableCARD device must be activated by your local cable TV provider before

you can receive digital cable TV services. See the activation instructions on page 32. Check the Diagnostics and CableCARD setting options (see page 102). (This can

be useful in providing information to an authorized technician or repair person.) Contact your cable TV provider. If you have moved, ask the CableCARD provider in your new location for a new

CableCARD.

Problem Possible RemediesImage does not display/Cannot see all files.

Some variations of MPEG1 movies may not play back correctly. Make sure the image file is a JPEG (.jpg, .jpeg) file or an MPEG1 (.mpg, .mpeg) file. Make sure the Memory Stick is inserted properly (see page 63). Check the Filter option setting (see page 69). Check the Select Folder setting (see page 69) and ensure that files are either in

DCF directories if Digital Camera Folders is selected (see page 69), or in the currently selected folder if Select a Folder is selected (see page 69).

The maximum number of files the Memory Stick Viewer can display is 2,000 files total, including all JPEG, MPEG1, and MP3 files.

JPEG image displays undesirable motion or flicker in full screen.

JPEGs captured using a digital video camera may appear to display motion in full screen. This is a result of the way digital video cameras record still images, and is not a result of a malfunction with the TV.

Rotation not saved after Memory Stick is ejected or Memory Stick Viewer is closed.

The Memory Stick might be locked. Unlock the Memory Stick and try rotating the image again.

The file might not have information (EXIF data) that is usually generated when a digital camera records a photo. In this case, it is not possible to save the rotation.

There might be insufficient space on the Memory Stick to save the rotated file. Try deleting one or more files and rotating the image again.

Cannot show (or hide) file information in full screen or Slide Show.

Set the File Information option to On or Off (see page 68).

Cannot see menu. Press V to display the menu again.

(Continued)

109

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other Information



Cannot hear audio while using Memory Stick.

Check the TV’s volume or Speaker (see page 87) settings. To hear JPEG voice memo, select the Digital Camera Folders option and set the

Filter option to Show All Print Marks. Check that the Music option is not set to Off (see page 68).

Not all MP3 files on Memory Stick are included when the Music/Complete List option is selected (page 68).

The Memory Stick Viewer can display a maximum of 2,000 files total, including all JPEG, MPEG1, and MP3 files.

Make sure that the file is named with the file extension (.mp3).

MP3 files on the Memory Stick are not listed.

Only MP3 files that are named with the file extension (.mp3) are displayed in the list.

Music files are playing in wrong order.

MP3 files are played in alphabetical order, according to the folder in which they are stored. If you want to change the playlist order, rename your files alphabetically in the order in which you want them to play or create a MP3 playlist (.m3u file) on a PC.

Cannot see MP3 list to play music.

MP3 files on your Memory Stick only can be played as background music during a Slide Show (see page 68).

MPEG1 movie does not play back correctly.

Some variations of MPEG1 movies may not be compatible with the Memory Stick Viewer.

MPEG movies recorded in VX Fine mode with Sony digital cameras cannot be played back with the Memory Stick Viewer.

MPEG1 quality is poor when enlarged (page 66).

The quality of the movie when enlarged depends on the resolution of the MPEG1 file. See your camera’s instruction manual for details.

Error message is displayed. No Memory Stick There is no Memory Stick in the slot. Memory Stick is

locked The lock mechanism on the Memory Stick is engaged.

Memory Stick error The Memory Stick in the slot might be damaged; try a different Memory Stick.

Format Error The Memory Stick may have been formatted using a PC or other device that is not compatible with cameras.

Error icon is displayed. The file is not a valid MPEG1 or JPEG format, or it is a progressive JPEG (which is not supported).

The thumbnail is not DCF-compatible.

The file is a JPEG or an MPEG1, but the thumbnail is unreadable.

The file is unreadable.


110

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other InformationO

ther In

form

ation



Video

Audio


No picture (screen not lit), no sound.

If your TV does not turn on, and a red light keeps flashing, your TV may need service. Call your local Sony Service Center.

Make sure the power cord is plugged in. Press POWER on the front of the TV. Press TV/VIDEO to cycle through the connected video sources. Try another channel; it could be station trouble.

Dark, poor or no picture (screen lit), good sound.

Adjust the Picture Mode option in the Video setting (see page 81). Adjust the Brightness option in the Video setting (see page 81). Check the antenna/cable connections.

No color/dark picture/color is not correct.

Adjust the Color option in the Video setting (see page 81).

Only snow and noise appear on the screen.

Check the antenna/cable connections. Try another channel; it could be station trouble. Press ANT to change the input mode (see page 46).

Dotted lines or stripes. Adjust the antenna. Move the TV away from noise sources such as cars, neon signs, or hair dryers.

Double images. Using a highly directional outdoor antenna or a cable may solve the problem.

“Black box” on screen. You have selected a text option in the Setup setting and no text is available. (see page 96 to reset Setup selections.) To turn off this feature, set the Caption Vision option to Off. If you were trying to select closed captioning, select CC1 instead of Text 1-4.

Black bands appear at the top and bottom of the screen.

Some wide-screen programs are filmed in aspect ratios that are greater than 16:9 (this is especially common with theatrical releases). Your TV will show these programs with black bands at the top and bottom of the screen. For more details, check the documentation that came with your DVD (or contact your program provider).

Certain programs on DVD or other digital sources display a loss of detail, especially during fast-motion or dark scenes.

The compression used by certain digital broadcasts and DVDs may cause your TV’s screen to display less detail than usual, or cause artifacts (small blocks or dots, pixelations) to appear on your screen. This is due to your TV’s large screen and ability to show very fine detail, and is normal for certain digitally recorded programs. Adjust the reality/clarity in the DRC Palette setting (see page 83) to optimize the picture while viewing these sources.


Good picture, no sound. Press MUTING so that “Muting” disappears from the screen (see page 46). Make sure the Speaker option is set to On in the Audio setting (see page 87). Make sure the MTS option is set to Stereo or Mono (see page 87). When the HDMI IN input is in use, surround sound, such as AC-3 and DTS, cannot

be input. Change the sound setting for the external input device to Linear PCM.

(Continued)

111

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other Information



Channels

Audio noise. Communication problems may occur if infrared communication equipment (e.g., infrared cordless headphones) is used near the TV. Please use headphones other than cordless headphones. Also, if you use infrared communication equipment other than infrared cordless headphones, move the infrared transceiver away from the TV until the noise is eliminated, or move the transmitter and receiver of the infrared communication equipment closer together.

Cannot gain enough volume when using a cable box.

Increase the volume of the cable box using the cable box’s remote control. Then press FUNCTION repeatedly until the TV indicator lights up and adjust the TV’s volume.

Sound seems weak or insufficient.

The TV’s audio might be set to Auto SAP or Mono, when it might be better set to Stereo. In the Audio setting (see page 87), set the MTS setting to Stereo. If already set to Stereo, switch to Mono (which may reduce background noise during weak stereo broadcasts).

Cannot raise the volume on external speakers.

If the Speaker option is set to Off and the Audio Out option is set to Fixed (in order to output the sound to your audio system), use your audio receiver to adjust the sound (see page 87). Or, to use the TV remote control, set the Audio Out option to Variable.

To turn on the TV speakers, set the Speaker option to On (see page 87).



Cannot receive upper channels (UHF) when using an antenna.

Press ANT to select the VHF/UHF input (see page 46). Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not

presently in the TV’s memory (see page 90).

TV is fixed to one channel. Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not presently in the TV’s memory (see page 90).

Check your Channel Fix settings (see page 90).

Cannot receive any channels when using cable TV.

Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not presently in the TV’s memory (see page 90).

Press ANT to select the CABLE input (see page 46).

Cannot receive or select channels.

Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not presently in the TV memory (see page 90).

Some digital cable channels are not being displayed.

Certain cable companies have limitations on the broadcast of digital cable channels. Check with your cable company for more information.

The digital cable channel may be set to Hidden in the Channel setting (see page 91).

112

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other InformationO

ther In

form

ation



General


How to reset TV to factory settings.

Turn on the TV. While holding down the V button on the remote control, press the POWER button on the TV. (The TV will turn itself off, then back on again.) Release the V button.WARNING: The reset will clear all of your customized settings including Parental Lock setting.

How to restore Video settings to factory settings.

Press RESET on the remote control while in the Video setting (see page 81). The supplied method will not work for Advanced Video settings.

How to restore Audio settings to factory settings.

Press RESET on the remote control while in the Audio setting (see page 86).

Cannot cycle through the other video equipment connected to the TV.

Be sure the Label Video Inputs option is not set to Skip (see page 96).

Cannot operate the settings. If a setting option appears in gray, this indicates that the setting option is not available.

Lost password. In the password screen (see page 80), enter the following master password: 4357. The master password clears your previous password; it cannot be used to temporarily unblock channels.

TIMER LED on front panel is lit.

The LED (see page 16) blinks when the TV is turned on, then shuts off when the picture is displayed. If the red LED blinks continuously, this may indicate the TV needs service. When lit, indicates that the timer is set (see page 16). When the timer is set, this LED will remain lit even when the TV is turned off.

POWER/STANDBY LED blinks in red.

If the LED blinks three times, the lamp cover may not be attached securely (see page 106). The LED blinks two times if there is an abnormal rise in temperature inside the TV when any ventilation openings are blocked.

The signal from an i.LINK device is being shown.

LAMP LED blinks in red. Replace the lamp (see page 104).

The replacement lamp does not light up.

The screw of the lamp cover may be slanted. Take out the screw, insert it straight into the screw hole, and then tighten it completely (see page 104).

Digital cable box does not work.

If you are connecting a VCR and digital cable box using a splitter, as described on page 37, you must use a special bi-directional splitter that is designed to work with your digital cable box. Contact your cable provider for details.

Cannot record digital channels to VCR.

Only analog channels can be recorded to your VCR.

TV cabinet creaks. When the TV is in use, there is a natural rise in temperature, causing the cabinet to expand or contract and may be accompanied by a slight creaking noise. This is not a malfunction.

A slight creaking noise occurs from the bottom part of the TV.

Advanced Iris applies a mechanical iris system. When Advanced Iris is turned On/Off, a natural creaking noise occurs due to the basic structure of the optical unit. The creaking sound is an inherent nature of this system and is not a defect.

The cooling fan is loud. If the TV is used at high altitudes and High Altitude is set to On, the cooling fan runs faster and its sound becomes louder. If the TV is not used at high altitudes, set High Altitude to Off (see page 97).

(Continued)

113

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other Information



"High Temperature Warning!" message appears.

This message will appear when there is a rise in temperature inside the TV. Make sure to remove dust from the ventilation slots on the rear and both sides of the TV. In addition, make sure that there are no obstacles in front of the ventilation slots. If no blockage is found, you may need to set High Altitude mode to On, otherwise the TV will turn off. With High Altitude set to On, if the message reappears and TV turns off again, the TV may need servicing. Call your local Sony Service Center.

The signal from a selected i.LINK device is not being displayed.

If you have several i.LINK devices connected and operating at once, the TV may not be able to display the signal from the selected device. Turn the other i.LINK devices off, and reselect the desired i.LINK device.

If you are using a digital VCR, turn off any Auto LINC functionality of the VCR. For details, see the digital VCR’s user manual.

The TV does not turn on. The TV cools down its projection lamp when the power is turned off. It takes up to two minutes for the picture to come back after the TV is turned on again. Wait for a while until the picture comes back.


114

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

Other InformationO

ther In

form

ation



Specifications

Projection System 3 SXRD Panel, 1 lens projection system

SXRD Panel 0.61 inch SXRD panel 6,220,800 pixels (2,073,600 × 3)

Projection Lens High Performance, large diameter hybrid lens F2.5

Antenna 75 ohm external terminal for VHF/UHF

Lamp UHP lamp, 120W, XL-5100

Television System NTSC American TV Standard

ATSC (8VSB terrestrial) ATSC compliant 8VSB

QAM on cable ANSI/SCTE 07 2000

Visible Screen Size (picture measured diagonally)

KDS-R50XBR1: 50 inchesKDS-R60XBR1: 60 inches

Channel Coverage Terrestrial (analog) 2-69

Cable TV (analog) 1-125

Terrestrial (digital) 2-69

Cable TV (digital) 1-135

Power Requirements 120V, 60 Hz

Inputs/Outputs

HDMI IN 2 total Video: 1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i

Audio: Two channel linear PCM 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz, 16, 20 and 24 bit

Not compatible with compressed sound, such as AC-3 and DTS.

Video (IN) 3 total (1 on front panel) 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative

S Video (IN) 3 total (1 on front panel) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negativeC: 0.286 Vp-p (Burst signal), 75 ohms

Audio (IN) 6 total (1 on front panel) 500 mVrms (100% modulation)Impedance: 47 kilohms

Component Video Input 2 (YPBPR) Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negativePB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohmsPR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms

CONTROL S (IN) 1 Mini jack

CONTROL S (OUT) 1 Mini jack

AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) 1 500 mVrms at the maximum volume setting (Variable)500 mVrms (Fixed)Impedance (output): 2 kilohms

AUDIO OUT jacks are operable only when the TV’s Speaker is set to Off. For details, see page 87.

115

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

(Continued)

Other Information



Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Optional accessories: HDMI cable HDMI-to-DVI cable Component video cable S VIDEO cable A/V cable Audio cable Optical cable Control S cable : RK-G69 TV Stand : SU-GW12 Theatre Stand System : RHT-G2000 Lamp : XL-5100 i.LINK cables: VMC-IL4415 (4-pin to 4-pin, 1.5 meters); VMC-IL4435 (4-pin to 4-pin, 3.5 meters)

Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.Non-metric weights and measures are approximate.

PC IN D-sub 15-pin, analog RGB, 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms, positive

See the PC Input Signal Compatibility Chart on page 100.

i.LINK 3 total (1 on front panel) 4-pin S400 i.LINK terminal

RF Inputs 2

Digital Audio Optical Output (PCM/Dolby Digital)

1 Optical Rectangular (1)

CableCARD Slot PCMCIA Type I/II

Speaker Output 15 W (L), 15 W (R)

Dimensions (W × H × D) KDS-R50XBR1 1,453 × 863 × 478 mm (57 1/4 × 34 × 18 7/8 inches)KDS-R60XBR1 1,674 × 1,009 × 514 mm (66 × 39 3/4 × 20 1/4 inches)

Mass KDS-R50XBR1 43kg (94 lb. 13 oz.)KDS-R60XBR1 51kg (112 lb. 7 oz.)

Power Consumption

In Use 240 W

In Standby 0.5 W

In i.LINK/CableCARD Standby Less than 30 W

Supplied Accessories

Remote Control RM-Y914

AA (R6) Batteries 2 supplied for remote control

Operating Instructions 1

Quick Setup Guide 1

Warranty 1

Product Registration Card 1

The availability of optional accessories depends on stock.

116

KLV-19/KLV-232-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US09IX.fm

masterpage:3 columns RightIndex

Index

0 – 9 buttons 474:3 Default 89

AAbout Using the CableCARD

Device 32Adding channels to the channel

list 91Adjusting audio, Steady Sound

86Advanced Iris 83Alternate Audio 52Alternate Video 52ANT button 46Applications settings 80, 101AUDIO OUT 19Audio Out 87AUDIO OUT jack, described 19Audio receiver, connecting 43Audio settings 79, 86Auto Program 90

BBalance, adjusting 86Bass, adjusting 86Batteries, inserting in remote 45Black Corrector 84BN Smoother 83Brightness, adjusting 81, 85

CCABLE 18Cable

connecting with VCR 36Cable box

connecting with VCR 37using with remote control 50

CableCARDdevice 32, 102slot 18

Camcorder connection 42Canadian Rating 95Caption Vision 96

programming 98CH +/– button 47Change Password 93CHANNEL +/– button 16Channel Fix 90Channel settings 80, 90Channel Show/Hide 91Channels

Auto Program 90creating labels 91

Clear White 84Clock/Timers 101Closed caption modes 96Color Corrector 84Color Temp., adjusting 82, 85Color, adjusting 81Connecting

Audio receiver 43Cable box 25–26DVD player 39Personal Computer 41Satellite receiver 27VCR 36–37

DDetail Enhancer 84Diagnostics 102DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL)

OUT 19Digital Channels 90Digital subchannels 52Direct Mode 82DISPLAY button 47Display Mode 85Display, turning off 47DRC Mode 82DRC Palette 83DTE 84DVD player

using with remote control 50with A/V connectors,

connecting 40with component video

connectors, connecting 39

EEffect 86English Rating 95EXIT button 47

FFavorite Channels

setting up 90using 58

FAVORITES button 47Features 9File 67File Information 68File Order 69Filter 69Freeze 54FREEZE button 47, 54French Rating 95FUNCTION button 46

GGame Mode 82Game Picture 88Gamma Corrector 84GUIDE button 46, 51Guide menu 52

HHD/DVD IN jack (1080i/720p/

480p/ 480i), described 19HDMI 18High Altitude 97High-Definition Multimedia

Interface (HDMI) 10Hue, adjusting 81

Ii.LINK 17, 19, 73–78i.LINK button 47i.LINK Standby 97Index 67INDEX button 46Info Banner 96 (Continued)

117

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

D:\WINNT\Profiles\fujii\Desktop\SX_EN_source _onDT062305\01US09IX.fm


Infrared Receiver (IR) 16Inputs, labeling 96Iris 81, 85

J, KJUMP 54JUMP button 47, 54

LLabel Channels 91Label Video Inputs 96LAMP LED 16Lamp, replacing 104–107Language 97

MMemory Stick

button 47features 61Index 64indicator 17playing movies 66precautions 70removing 63Slide Show options 68slot 17troubleshooting 109viewing photos 65

MENU button 16, 47Menu Color 97Movie Rating 94MTS 87Music 68MUTING button 46

NNoise Reduction 82

OOff, turning off the TV 16On, turning on the TV 16Overscan 89

P, QParental Lock settings 80, 92Password, changing 93PC IN jack 18PC Input 85, 87, 99Personal Computer

connecting 41Picture 81, 85

PICTURE button 46Picture Mode 81

Pro 81Standard 81Vivid 81

POWER button 16, 47Power Saving 97POWER/STANDBY LED 16Print 67Print Quantity 67Program Guide 52Program Options menu 52Protect 67

RRatings

setting 94viewing blocked programs 93

REC button 47Remote control

inserting batteries 45programming 48–49

Removing channels from the channel list 91

Removing the CableCARD Device 33

Repeat 68Reset 85RESET button 47

SS VIDEO jack, described 17, 18Satellite receiver

connecting 27Satellite receiver, using with

remote control 50Screen settings 79, 88Select Country 93Select Folder 69Settings

Applications 80, 101Audio 79, 86Channel 80, 90Parental Lock 80, 92Screen 79, 88Setup 80, 96Video 79, 81

Setup settings 80, 96Sharpness, adjusting 81Show/Hide Channels 91SLEEP button 46

Slide Advance 68Slide Show 67Sound Mode 86, 87Speaker 16, 87Specifications 115Steady Sound

adjusting 86Support Belt 14Surround sound 86

T, UTimer

indictor 12set current 102

TIMER LED 16Timer setting 101Transition Effect 68Treble, adjusting 86Troubleshooting 108–114Turning on/off the TV 16TV Rating 94TV/VIDEO button 47Twin View 55Twin View button 46U.S.A. Rating 94Unrated 94

VVCR

using with remote control 50with cable box, connecting 37with cable, connecting 36

Vertical Center 89Vertical Size 89VHF/UHF jack, described 18VIDEO 8 (PC) IN 18Video inputs, labeling 96Video settings 79, 81VIDEO/AUDIO (L/R) jacks,

described 17View 67VOL +/– button 46VOLUME +/– button 16

W, X, YWhite Balance 84WIDE button 46Wide Mode 88Wide Screen Mode, described 10

118

KDS-R50XBR1/KDS-R60XBR12-637-151-11(1)

KDS-R50/60XBR1 2-637-151-11(1)

SXRD Projection TVOperating Instructions

http://www.sony.net/

Printed in Japan

2-637-151-11(1)

KDS-R50XBR1 KDS-R60XBR1

© 2005 Sony Corporation

Printed on 100% recycled paper.

2673151111newSXRD_ENcov_r8.indd 12673151111newSXRD_ENcov_r8.indd 1 6/21/2005 2:38:54 PM6/21/2005 2:38:54 PM

Service Manual Kdsr60xbr1

Documents

replacement lamp

lamp door

lamp receptacle

lamp receptable

lampthe projection lamp

w rmy914

vhfuhf uhp lamp

inches kdsr60xbr1